Page 1
Image_9_0

Page 2
__rendered_path__2
Copyright
Copyright © 2017 YEALINK(XIAMEN) NETWORK TECHNOLOGY
Copyright © 2017 Yealink (Xiamen) Network Technology CO., LTD. All rights reserved. No parts of this
publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical,
photocopying, recording, or otherwise, for any purpose, without the express written permission of
Yealink (Xiamen) Network Technology CO., LTD. Under the law, reproducing includes translating into
another language or format.
When this publication is made available on media, Yealink (Xiamen) Network Technology CO., LTD. gives
its consent to downloading and printing copies of the content provided in this file only for private use
but not for redistribution. No parts of this publication may be subject to alteration, modification or
commercial use. Yealink (Xiamen) Network Technology CO., LTD. will not be liable for any damages
arising from use of an illegally modified or altered publication.
Trademarks
Yealink®, the logo and the name and marks is trademark of Yealink (Xiamen) Network Technology CO.,
LTD, which are registered legally in China, the United States, EU (European Union) and other countries.
All other trademarks belong to their respective owners. Without Yealink’s express written permission,
recipient shall not reproduce or transmit any portion hereof in any form or by any means, with any
purpose other than personal use.
Warranty
(1) Warranty
THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS GUIDE ARE SUBJECT TO
CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. ALL STATEMENTS, INFORMATION, AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS
GUIDE ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE AND PRESENTED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED. USERS MUST TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF PRODUCTS.
(2) Disclaimer
YEALINK (XIAMEN) NETWORK TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD. MAKES NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WITH
REGARD TO THIS GUIDE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Yealink (Xiamen) Network Technology
CO., LTD. shall not be liable for errors contained herein nor for incidental or consequential damages in
connection with the furnishing, performance, or use of this guide.
(3) Limitation of Liability
Yealink and/or its respective suppliers are not responsible for the suitability of the information contained
in this document for any reason. The information is provided “as is”, and Yealink does not provide any
warranty and is subject to change without notice. All risks other than risks caused by use of the
information are borne by the recipient. In no event, even if Yealink has been suggested the occurrence of

Page 3
damages that are direct, consequential, incidental, special, punitive or whatsoever (Including but not
limited to loss of business profit, business interruption or loss of business information), shall not be liable
for these damages.
End User License Agreement
This End User License Agreement ("EULA") is a legal agreement between you and Yealink. By installing,
copying or otherwise using the Products, you: (1) agree to be bounded by the terms of this EULA, (2) you
are the owner or an authorized user of the device, and (3) you represent and warrant that you have the
right, authority and capacity to enter into this agreement and to abide by all its terms and conditions, just
as if you had signed it. The EULA for this product is available on the Yealink Support page for the product.
Patent Information
China, the United States, EU (European Union) and other countries are protecting one or more patents of
accompanying products and/or patents being applied by Yealink.
Customer Feedback
We are striving to improve our documentation quality and we appreciate your feedback. Email your
opinions and comments to DocsFeedback@yealink.com.
Technical Support
Visit Yealink WIKI (http://support.yealink.com/) for the latest firmware, guides, FAQ, Product documents,
and more. For better service, we sincerely recommend you to use Yealink Ticketing system
(https://ticket.yealink.com) to submit all your technical issues.

Page 4
__rendered_path__2
GNU GPL INFORMATION
Yealink SIP-T48S IP phone firmware contains third-party software under the GNU General Public License
(GPL). Yealink uses software under the specific terms of the GPL. Please refer to the GPL for the exact
terms and conditions of the license.
The original GPL license, source code of components licensed under GPL and used in Yealink products
can be downloaded online:
http://www.yealink.com/GPLOpenSource.aspx?BaseInfoCateId=293&NewsCateId=293&CateId=293.

Page 5
About This Guide
hone. First, verify with your
system administrator that the IP network is ready for phone configuration. Also be sure to read
__rendered_path__3
About This Guide
Thank you for choosing the SIP-T48S IP phone, an ultra-elegant Gigabit IP phone which is
exquisitely designed to provide business telephony features, such as Call Hold, Call Transfer,
Busy Lamp Field, Call Recording, Multicast Paging and Conference over an IP network. It also
features an enhanced user experience and newly developed industrial designs, with a large
touch screen for easy and efficient use.
This guide provides everything you need to quickly use your new p
the Packaging Contents in this guide before you set up and use the SIP-T46S IP phone.
S
ee the
Yealink Products Regulatory Notices guide
for all regulatory and safety guidance
.
In This Guide
Topics provided in this guide include:
Chapter 1
Overview
Chapter 2
Getting Started
Chapter 3
Customizing Your Phone
Chapter 4
Basic Call
Features
Chapter 5
Advanced Phone Features
Summary of Changes
This section describes the changes to this guide for each release and guide version.
Image_230_0
The following sections are new:
Image_232_0
Mobile Contacts
on page
90
Image_234_0
Pairing and Connecting the Bluetooth
-
E
n
abled Mobile Phone
on page
105
Image_232_0
Syncing the Mobile Contacts to the
IP Phone
on page
106
Image_236_0
Major updates have occurred to the following sections:
Image_232_0
Volume
on page
63
Image_240_0
Bluetooth
on page
102
v

Page 6
191
lert for BLF
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Changes for Release 81, Guide Version 81.70
Major updates have occurred to the following sections:
Entering Data and Editing Fields
on page
38
Configuring an Access URL
on page
92
DSS Keys
on page
110
Auto Answer
on page
140
Do Not Disturb (DND)
on page
150
Call Forward
on page
155
Call Park
/
Retrieve
on page
171
Pick
ing
up an Incoming Call of the Monitored User
on page
Receiving RTP Stream
on page
214
BLF Ring Type is moved to Configuring Visual and Audio A
Changes for Release 81, Guide Version 81.20
Major updates have occurred to the following sections:
Wallpaper
on page
43
Screen Saver
on page
47
vi
Pickup on page 186.

Page 7
Table of Contents
__rendered_path__3
Table of Contents
About This Guide
................................
................................
...........
v
In This Guide
................................
................................
................................
................................
..............................
v
Summary of Changes
................................
................................
................................
................................
.............
v
Changes for Release 81, Guide Version 81.90
................................
................................
..........................
v
Changes for Release 81, Guide Version 81.70
................................
................................
.........................
vi
Changes for Release 81, Guide Version 81.20
................................
................................
.........................
vi
Table of Contents
................................
................................
.........
vii
Overview
................................
................................
.........................
1
Hardware Component Instructions
................................
................................
................................
..................
1
Icon Instructions
................................
................................
................................
................................
.......................
3
Feature Status Icons
................................
................................
................................
................................
............
3
Line Key Icons
................................
................................
................................
................................
........................
4
Other Icons
................................
................................
................................
................................
.............................
8
LED Instructions
................................
................................
................................
................................
........................
9
User Interfaces ....................................................................................................................................................... 10
Phone User Interface
................................
................................
................................
................................
.......
10
Web User Interface........................................................................................................................................... 10
Documentations
................................
................................
................................
................................
....................
13
Getting Starte
d
................................
................................
.............
15
Packaging Contents
................................
................................
................................
................................
.............
15
Optional Accessories
................................
................................
................................
................................
.......
16
Phone In
stallation
................................
................................
................................
................................
.................
18
Network Connection
................................
................................
................................
................................
............
21
Connecting to the Wired Network............................................................................................................. 22
Connecting to the Wireless Network
................................
................................
................................
........
22
Phone Initialization
................................
................................
................................
................................
...............
22
Phone St
atus
................................
................................
................................
................................
...........................
23
Basic Network Settings
................................
................................
................................
................................
.......
24
Wireless Network Settings ................................................................................................................................ 26
Activating the Wi
-
Fi Mode
................................
................................
................................
............................
27
Connecting to the Wireless Network
................................
................................
................................
........
27
Viewing the Wireless Network Information ........................................................................................... 31
Managing the Saved Wireless Network
................................
................................
................................
...
32
vii

Page 8
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Disconnecting the Wireless Network Connection
................................
................................
...............
33
Deactivating the Wi
-
Fi Mode
................................
................................
................................
.......................
34
Registration
................................
................................
................................
................................
.............................
34
Touch Screen Display .......................................................................................................................................... 35
Navigating Menus and Fields........................................................................................................................... 37
Entering Data and Editing Fields..................................................................................................................... 38
Customizing Your Phone
................................
.............................
43
General Settings .................................................................................................................................................... 43
Wallpaper
................................
................................
................................
................................
.............................
43
Transparency ...................................................................................................................................................... 46
Screen Saver........................................................................................................................................................ 47
Power Saving
................................
................................
................................
................................
......................
50
Backlight
................................
................................
................................
................................
...............................
53
Contrast ................................................................................................................................................................ 54
Language.............................................................................................................................................................. 55
Time & Date
................................
................................
................................
................................
........................
56
Administrator Password
................................
................................
................................
................................
.
59
Key As Send ........................................................................................................................................................ 59
Phone Lock
................................
................................
................................
................................
..........................
60
Audio Settings
................................
................................
................................
................................
........................
63
Volume
................................
................................
................................
................................
................................
..
63
Ring Tones
................................
................................
................................
................................
...........................
65
Key Tone
................................
................................
................................
................................
...............................
67
Contact Management ......................................................................................................................................... 68
Directory
................................
................................
................................
................................
...............................
68
Local Directory
................................
................................
................................
................................
...................
70
Blacklist ................................................................................................................................................................. 88
Mobile Contacts ................................................................................................................................................ 90
Remote Phone Book
................................
................................
................................
................................
........
92
Call History Management
................................
................................
................................
................................
..
94
Viewing History Records
................................
................................
................................
................................
94
Placing a Call from History Records
................................
................................
................................
..........
94
Adding a
Contact to the Local Directory/Blacklist
................................
................................
...............
95
Deleting History Records
................................
................................
................................
...............................
96
Disabling History Record
................................
................................
................................
...............................
97
Search Source List in Dialing ............................................................................................................................ 98
System Customizations
................................
................................
................................
................................
.....
100
Headset Use
................................
................................
................................
................................
......................
100
Bluetooth
................................
................................
................................
................................
............................
102
DSS Keys
................................
................................
................................
................................
.............................
110
Account Management
................................
................................
................................
................................
..
122
Dial Plan
................................
................................
................................
................................
..............................
125
Emergency Number
................................
................................
................................
................................
.......
131
viii

Page 9
Table of Contents
__rendered_path__3
Live Dialpad
................................
................................
................................
................................
.......................
132
Hotline
................................
................................
................................
................................
................................
.
132
Basic Call Features
................................
................................
......
135
Placing Calls
................................
................................
................................
................................
..........................
136
Answering Calls
................................
................................
................................
................................
....................
138
Auto Answer
................................
................................
................................
................................
.....................
140
Ending Calls
................................
................................
................................
................................
...........................
141
Redialing Numbers
................................
................................
................................
................................
.............
141
Recent Call In Dialing
................................
................................
................................
................................
........
141
Auto Redial
................................
................................
................................
................................
............................
143
Call Completion
................................
................................
................................
................................
...................
144
Recall
................................
................................
................................
................................
................................
........
146
Call Mute
................................
................................
................................
................................
................................
147
Muting a Call
................................
................................
................................
................................
....................
148
Muting While Dialing
................................
................................
................................
................................
....
149
Call Hold/Resume
................................
................................
................................
................................
...............
149
Do Not Disturb (DND)
................................
................................
................................
................................
.......
150
Call Forward
................................
................................
................................
................................
..........................
155
Static Forwarding
................................
................................
................................
................................
............
155
Dynamic Fo
rwarding
................................
................................
................................
................................
.....
164
Call Transfer
................................
................................
................................
................................
...........................
165
Blind Transfer
................................
................................
................................
................................
....................
165
Semi
-
attended Transfer
................................
................................
................................
................................
166
Attended Transfer
................................
................................
................................
................................
...........
167
Call Waiting
................................
................................
................................
................................
...........................
167
Conference
................................
................................
................................
................................
............................
168
Local Conference
................................
................................
................................
................................
............
168
Network Co
nference
................................
................................
................................
................................
......
170
Call Park/Retrieve
................................
................................
................................
................................
................
171
FAC Mode
................................
................................
................................
................................
..........................
173
Transfer Mode
................................
................................
................................
................................
..................
176
Call Pickup
................................
................................
................................
................................
.............................
178
Directed Call Pickup
................................
................................
................................
................................
.......
178
Group Call Pickup
................................
................................
................................
................................
...........
180
Anonymous Call
................................
................................
................................
................................
..................
182
Anonymous Ca
ll Rejection
................................
................................
................................
..............................
183
Advanced Phone Features
................................
.........................
185
Busy Lamp Field (BLF)
................................
................................
................................
................................
........
185
Config
uring the BLF Feature on the IP Phone
................................
................................
.....................
185
Using BLF Feature on the IP Phone
................................
................................
................................
.........
190
BLF List
................................
................................
................................
................................
................................
....
192
ix

Page 10
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Call Recording
................................
................................
................................
................................
......................
194
Recording Us
ing a USB Flash Drive
................................
................................
................................
.........
195
Recording Using a Record Key
................................
................................
................................
..................
202
Hot Desking
................................
................................
................................
................................
..........................
205
Intercom
................................
................................
................................
................................
................................
.
207
Configuring the Intercom Feature on the IP Phone
................................
................................
..........
207
Using Intercom
................................
................................
................................
................................
................
209
Multicast Paging
................................
................................
................................
................................
..................
210
Sending RTP Stream
................................
................................
................................
................................
......
211
Receiving RTP Stream
................................
................................
................................
................................
...
214
Using
Multicast Paging
................................
................................
................................
................................
.
216
Music on Hold (MoH)
................................
................................
................................
................................
........
217
Automatic Call Distribution (ACD)
................................
................................
................................
...............
218
Shared Call Appearance (SCA)
................................
................................
................................
.......................
221
Configuring SCA Feature on the IP Phone
................................
................................
...........................
222
Using SCA Feature on the IP Phone
................................
................................
................................
........
228
Bridged Line Appearance (BLA)
................................
................................
................................
.....................
235
Configurin
g
BLA
Feature
on the IP Phone
................................
................................
............................
236
Using BLA Feature on the IP Phone
................................
................................
................................
.........
239
Messages
................................
................................
................................
................................
................................
240
Short Message Service (SMS)
................................
................................
................................
.....................
240
Voice Mail
................................
................................
................................
................................
..........................
244
Message Waiting
Indicator (MWI)
................................
................................
................................
...........
246
Appendix
................................
................................
.....................
249
Appendix A
Time Zones
................................
................................
................................
................................
249
Appendix B
Menu Structure
................................
................................
................................
........................
251
Index
................................
................................
...........................
253
x

Page 11
Overview
__rendered_path__3
Overview
__rendered_path__49
This chapter provides the overview of the SIP-T48S IP phone. Topics include:
Hardware Component Instructions
Icon
Instructions
LED
Instructions
User Interfaces
Documentations
If you require additional information or assistance with your new phone, contact your system
administrator.
Hardware Component Instructions
The main hardware components of the SIP-T48S IP phone are the touch screen and the keypad.
Image_503_0
1

Page 12
User Guide for the SIP
Hardware component instructions of the SIP
__rendered_path__5
__rendered_path__12__rendered_path__24
__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__24
__rendered_path__28
__rendered_path__24
__rendered_path__55
__rendered_path__24
__rendered_path__88
__rendered_path__24
__rendered_path__95
__rendered_path__24
__rendered_path__102
__rendered_path__24
2
-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__25
Item
__rendered_path__12__rendered_path__24
Power Indicator LED
__rendered_path__13__rendered_path__12__rendered_path__26
Touch Screen
__rendered_path__16
HEADSET Key
__rendered_path__28
MUTE Key
__rendered_path__25
HOLD Key
__rendered_path__24
TRANSFER Key
__rendered_path__26
Speakerphone Key
__rendered_path__55
MESSAGE Key
__rendered_path__25
REDIAL Key
__rendered_path__24
__rendered_path__26
__rendered_path__88
__rendered_path__25
__rendered_path__24
Volume Key
__rendered_path__26
Keypad
__rendered_path__95
Speaker
__rendered_path__25
Reversible Tab
-T48S IP phone are:
__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__24
Description
__rendered_path__12__rendered_path__27
Indicates call status, message status and phones system
__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__24
status.
__rendered_path__12__rendered_path__24
• Receives an incoming call—Fast-flashing
__rendered_path__12
• Receives a voice mail or text message—Slow-flashing
__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__21
The screen is touch-sensitive. Tap to select and highlight
__rendered_path__28
screen items.
__rendered_path__28
Shows information about calls, messages, soft keys, time, date
__rendered_path__24
and other relevant data:
__rendered_path__27
• Default account
__rendered_path__24
• Call information—caller ID, call duration
__rendered_path__55
• Icons (for example, )
__rendered_path__55
• Missed call text or second incoming caller information
__rendered_path__24
• Prompt text (for example, “Saving config file!”)
__rendered_path__27
• Time and date
__rendered_path__24
Toggles and indicates the headset mode.
__rendered_path__88Image_530_0
Toggles and indicates mute feature.
__rendered_path__88
Places a call on hold or resumes a held call.
__rendered_path__24
Transfers a call to another party.
__rendered_path__27
Toggles and indicates the hands-free (speakerphone) mode.
__rendered_path__24
The key LED illuminates solid green when hands-free
__rendered_path__95
(speakerphone) mode is activated.
__rendered_path__95
Accesses voice messages.
__rendered_path__24
Redials a previously dialed number.
__rendered_path__27
• Position the cursor within text you’re updating.
__rendered_path__24
• Enable or disable fields.
__rendered_path__102
• Turn pages or scroll through values for a field.
__rendered_path__102
• Scroll through items.
__rendered_path__24
• Access History and Directory respectively.
__rendered_path__27
Confirms actions or answers incoming calls.
__rendered_path__24
Cancels actions or rejects incoming calls.
__rendered_path__113
Adjusts the volume of the handset, headset, speaker, ringer or
__rendered_path__113
media.
__rendered_path__24
Provides the digits, letters and special characters in
__rendered_path__27
context-sensitive applications.
__rendered_path__24
Provides hands-free (speakerphone) audio output.
__rendered_path__102
Secures the handset in the handset cradle when the IP phone
__rendered_path__102
is mounted vertically. For more information on how to adjust
__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__102__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__113__rendered_path__113__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__102__rendered_path__102__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__141__rendered_path__141__rendered_path__141__rendered_path__141__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__113__rendered_path__113__rendered_path__113__rendered_path__113__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__102__rendered_path__102__rendered_path__102__rendered_path__102__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__163__rendered_path__163__rendered_path__163__rendered_path__163__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__141__rendered_path__141__rendered_path__141__rendered_path__141__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__102__rendered_path__102__rendered_path__102__rendered_path__102__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__102__rendered_path__102__rendered_path__102__rendered_path__102__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__190__rendered_path__190__rendered_path__190__rendered_path__190__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__163__rendered_path__163__rendered_path__163__rendered_path__163__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__113__rendered_path__113__rendered_path__113__rendered_path__113__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__224__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__224__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__224__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__224__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__24Image_518_0Image_520_0Image_522_0Image_524_0Image_526_0Image_528_0
the reversible tab, refer to Yealink Wall Mount Quick

Page 13
hookswitch bounces and the phone connects to the line.
• Laying the handset down on the handset cradle, the phone
Icon Instructions
Status Icons
Icons appearing on the status bar are described in the following table:
__rendered_path__3
__rendered_path__6__rendered_path__18
__rendered_path__8__rendered_path__18
Feature
__rendered_path__10__rendered_path__19
Item
__rendered_path__6__rendered_path__18
Hookswitch
__rendered_path__7__rendered_path__6__rendered_path__20
Icons
__rendered_path__10
__rendered_path__22
__rendered_path__19
__rendered_path__18
__rendered_path__20
__rendered_path__26
__rendered_path__19
__rendered_path__18
__rendered_path__20
__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__38
__rendered_path__18
__rendered_path__20
__rendered_path__46__rendered_path__55
__rendered_path__46__rendered_path__47
__rendered_path__18
Description
__rendered_path__6
Installation Guide for Yealink IP Phones
.
__rendered_path__11
• Picking up the handset from the handset cradle, the
__rendered_path__6
disconnects from the line.
__rendered_path__22
__rendered_path__18
__rendered_path__26
__rendered_path__18
Description
__rendered_path__38
Wired network is unavailable
__rendered_path__18
Hands-free (speakerphone) mode
__rendered_path__6__rendered_path__18
Handset mode
__rendered_path__51
Headset mode
__rendered_path__52
Voice Mail
__rendered_path__22
Text Message
__rendered_path__18
Auto Answer
__rendered_path__63
Do Not Disturb (DND)
__rendered_path__18
Keep Mute
__rendered_path__63
Ringer volume is 0
__rendered_path__18
Phone Lock
__rendered_path__63
Missed Calls
__rendered_path__18
Call Forward
__rendered_path__63
Recording starts successfully (Using a USB flash drive)
Overview
__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__21
__rendered_path__6__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__6__rendered_path__50__rendered_path__6__rendered_path__50__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__56__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__56__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__56__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__56__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__56__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__56__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__56__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__86__rendered_path__86__rendered_path__86__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__56__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__56__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__56__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__56__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__56__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__56__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__86__rendered_path__86__rendered_path__86__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__56__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__56__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__56__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18Image_534_0Image_536_0Image_538_0Image_540_0Image_542_0Image_544_0Image_546_0Image_548_0Image_550_0Image_552_0Image_530_0Image_554_0Image_556_0Image_558_0Image_560_0Image_562_0Image_564_0Image_566_0
3

Page 14
line key label
associated with line key features
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Icons
__rendered_path__9__rendered_path__18
__rendered_path__10__rendered_path__18
__rendered_path__21
__rendered_path__18
__rendered_path__25Image_569_0
__rendered_path__18
__rendered_path__25Image_571_0
Line Key Icons
__rendered_path__18
Icons appearing on the
__rendered_path__25Image_573_0
Icon indicator (
__rendered_path__18
Icons
__rendered_path__25Image_575_0
__rendered_path__18
__rendered_path__46Image_577_0
__rendered_path__18
__rendered_path__25Image_579_0
__rendered_path__18
__rendered_path__18
__rendered_path__71__rendered_path__18
__rendered_path__9__rendered_path__18
__rendered_path__9__rendered_path__79
__rendered_path__71__rendered_path__72__rendered_path__18
__rendered_path__21
4
__rendered_path__8__rendered_path__19
Description
__rendered_path__9__rendered_path__13__rendered_path__18
Recording is paused (Using a USB flash drive)
__rendered_path__8__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__20
Bluetooth mode is on
__rendered_path__9__rendered_path__18
Bluetooth headset is both paired and connected
__rendered_path__13__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__18
Bluetooth-Enabled mobile phone is both paired and
__rendered_path__21
connected
__rendered_path__21
Wi-Fi connection is successful
__rendered_path__19
Wi-Fi connection fails
__rendered_path__18
are described in the following tables:
__rendered_path__20
):
__rendered_path__18
Description
__rendered_path__25
Hold/Public Hold
__rendered_path__25
Private Hold
__rendered_path__19
DND
__rendered_path__18
Voice Mail
__rendered_path__20
SMS
__rendered_path__18
Direct Pickup
__rendered_path__25
Group Pickup
__rendered_path__25
DTMF
__rendered_path__19
Prefix
__rendered_path__18
LDAP
__rendered_path__20
Local Group
__rendered_path__18
XML Group
__rendered_path__25
XML Browser
__rendered_path__25
Conference
__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__46__rendered_path__46__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__9__rendered_path__9__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__76__rendered_path__80__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__79__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__80__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__79__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__80__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__79__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__80__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__79__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__80__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__79__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__80__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__79__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__80__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__46__rendered_path__46__rendered_path__46__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__79__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__80__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__79__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__80__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__116__rendered_path__116__rendered_path__116__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__79__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__80__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__79__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__80__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__79__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__80__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__46__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__79__rendered_path__46__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__80__rendered_path__46__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18Image_581_0Image_583_0Image_585_0Image_587_0Image_589_0Image_591_0Image_593_0Image_595_0Image_597_0Image_599_0Image_601_0
Forward

Page 15
Recording starts successfully (Record/URL Record)
associated with line
The private line registers successfully
The shared/bridged line registers successfully
is enabled on this line
Call forward is enabled on
__rendered_path__3
Icons
__rendered_path__7__rendered_path__15
__rendered_path__15
__rendered_path__18
__rendered_path__15
__rendered_path__22Image_606_0
__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__15
__rendered_path__22Image_608_0
__rendered_path__15
__rendered_path__33Image_610_0
__rendered_path__15
__rendered_path__22Image_612_0
__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__15
Icon indicator (
__rendered_path__45Image_614_0
Icons
__rendered_path__15
__rendered_path__22Image_616_0
__rendered_path__15
__rendered_path__52Image_618_0
__rendered_path__15
(Flashing)
__rendered_path__22Image_620_0
__rendered_path__15
__rendered_path__22Image_622_0
__rendered_path__6__rendered_path__16
Transfer
__rendered_path__7__rendered_path__11__rendered_path__15
ReCall
__rendered_path__6__rendered_path__8__rendered_path__17
Record
__rendered_path__7
URL Record
__rendered_path__11
Multicast Paging
__rendered_path__18
Group Listening
__rendered_path__16
Paging List
__rendered_path__15
Hot Desking
__rendered_path__17
Zero Touch
__rendered_path__22
URL
__rendered_path__16
Phone Lock
__rendered_path__15
Directory
__rendered_path__17
Speed Dial
__rendered_path__22
)
__rendered_path__16
Register failed
__rendered_path__15
Registering
__rendered_path__17
DND
__rendered_path__33
Overview
__rendered_path__15
Description
__rendered_path__7__rendered_path__15
__rendered_path__12
Description
__rendered_path__18
__rendered_path__15
__rendered_path__22
__rendered_path__15
this line
__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__33__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__52__rendered_path__52__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__70__rendered_path__7__rendered_path__7__rendered_path__6__rendered_path__8__rendered_path__73__rendered_path__7__rendered_path__7__rendered_path__11__rendered_path__12__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__82__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__33__rendered_path__33__rendered_path__33__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__93__rendered_path__93__rendered_path__93__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__99__rendered_path__99__rendered_path__99__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__104__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__104__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__104__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__15Image_624_0Image_626_0Image_628_0Image_630_0Image_632_0Image_628_0Image_634_0Image_636_0
5

Page 16
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Icon indicator (associated with call park/retrieve park)
__rendered_path__13__rendered_path__22
Icons
Description
__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__22
Call Park (Park successfully; Call park idle state)
__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__23
__rendered_path__13__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__22
Call Park (Park failed)
__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__24
__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__22
Call Park (Call park ringing state)
__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__22
__rendered_path__25
Retrieve Park
__rendered_path__25
__rendered_path__25
Icon indicator (associated with BLF/BLF List)
__rendered_path__22
Icons
Description
__rendered_path__23
BLF/BLF List idle state
__rendered_path__22
__rendered_path__24
BLF/BLF list ringing state
__rendered_path__22
(Flashing)
__rendered_path__31Image_639_0
BLF/BLF list callout state
__rendered_path__31
(Flashing)
__rendered_path__31
BLF/BLF list talking state
__rendered_path__22
__rendered_path__23
BLF hold state
__rendered_path__22
__rendered_path__24
BLF list call park state
__rendered_path__22
__rendered_path__31Image_641_0
BLF/BLF List failed state
__rendered_path__31
__rendered_path__31
Note
You can also customize the BLF key LED status and BLF key behavior. Please contact your system
__rendered_path__22
administrator for more information
__rendered_path__23
Icon indicator (associated with intercom)
__rendered_path__22
Icons
Description
__rendered_path__24
Intercom idle state
__rendered_path__22
__rendered_path__31Image_643_0
Intercom ringing state
__rendered_path__31
__rendered_path__31
Callout
Intercom callout state
__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__42__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__42__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__42__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__13__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__49__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__52__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__42__rendered_path__42__rendered_path__42__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__67__rendered_path__67__rendered_path__67__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__67__rendered_path__67__rendered_path__67__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__42__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__42__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__42__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__13__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__13__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__31__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__22Image_645_0Image_647_0Image_649_0Image_651_0Image_653_0Image_655_0Image_657_0Image_659_0Image_661_0Image_663_0Image_665_0__rendered_path__129__rendered_path__130Image_667_0
6

Page 17
associated with ACD
associated with a shared line
The local SCA phone indicates the phone is involved in an SCA call, while the monitoring SCA
phone indicates the phone is not involved in the SCA call.
phone)
__rendered_path__3
Icons
__rendered_path__7__rendered_path__15
Talking
__rendered_path__15
__rendered_path__18
Icon indicator (
__rendered_path__15
Icon
__rendered_path__25Image_670_0
__rendered_path__15
__rendered_path__25Image_672_0
__rendered_path__15
__rendered_path__15
__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__15
Icon indicator (
__rendered_path__15
Icon
__rendered_path__45
__rendered_path__15
__rendered_path__49Image_674_0
(for monitoring SCA
__rendered_path__15
__rendered_path__49Image_676_0
(Flashing)
__rendered_path__15
__rendered_path__49Image_678_0
(Flashing)
__rendered_path__15
__rendered_path__59Image_680_0
__rendered_path__15
Overview
__rendered_path__6__rendered_path__16
Description
__rendered_path__7__rendered_path__11__rendered_path__15
Intercom talking state
__rendered_path__6__rendered_path__8__rendered_path__17
Intercom failed state
__rendered_path__7__rendered_path__15
)
__rendered_path__7__rendered_path__15
Description
__rendered_path__11__rendered_path__12
Log in the ACD system
__rendered_path__18
The ACD status is available
__rendered_path__18
The ACD state is Wrap up
__rendered_path__16
The ACD status is unavailable
__rendered_path__15
Log out of the ACD system
__rendered_path__17
)
__rendered_path__15
__rendered_path__25
Description
__rendered_path__25
The shared line is idle.
__rendered_path__16
The shared line is seized.
__rendered_path__15
__rendered_path__17
The shared line receives an incoming call.
__rendered_path__15
The shared line is dialing.
__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__25
The shared line is in conversation.
__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__25
The shared line conversation is placed on public
__rendered_path__17
hold.
__rendered_path__15
The shared line conversation is placed on private
__rendered_path__15
hold.
__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__40__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__44__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__44__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__49__rendered_path__49__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__44__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__49__rendered_path__49__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__44__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__49__rendered_path__49__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__44__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__59__rendered_path__59__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__44__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__49__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__49__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__44__rendered_path__49__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__71__rendered_path__71__rendered_path__72__rendered_path__71__rendered_path__71__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__44__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__44__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__49__rendered_path__49__rendered_path__49__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__44__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__90__rendered_path__90__rendered_path__90__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__44__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__98__rendered_path__98__rendered_path__98__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__44__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__90__rendered_path__90__rendered_path__90__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__44__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__49__rendered_path__49__rendered_path__49__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__44__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__49__rendered_path__49__rendered_path__49__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__44__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__44__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__15Image_682_0Image_684_0Image_686_0Image_688_0Image_690_0Image_692_0Image_694_0Image_696_0
7

Page 18
associated with a bridged line
The local BLA phone indicates the phone is involved in a BLA call, while the monitoring BLA
phone indicates the phone is not involved in the BLA call.
when accessing features
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Icon
__rendered_path__8__rendered_path__15
(for local SCA phone)
__rendered_path__15
__rendered_path__18
(for monitoring SCA phone)
__rendered_path__15
__rendered_path__31Image_699_0
__rendered_path__15
Icon indicator (
__rendered_path__36Image_701_0
Icon
__rendered_path__15
__rendered_path__56Image_703_0
__rendered_path__15
(for monitoring BLA phone)
__rendered_path__15
__rendered_path__66__rendered_path__15
(Flashing)
__rendered_path__15
__rendered_path__76
(Flashing)
__rendered_path__15
__rendered_path__36Image_684_0
__rendered_path__15
Other Icons
__rendered_path__87Image_696_0
Icons appearing
__rendered_path__15
__rendered_path__87Image_694_0
8
__rendered_path__16
Description
__rendered_path__8__rendered_path__15
The shared line conversation is barged in by the
__rendered_path__9__rendered_path__17
other shared line party.
__rendered_path__8__rendered_path__15
For a multi-party call, all the shared line parties
__rendered_path__8__rendered_path__15
participating in this call place the shared line
__rendered_path__12
conversation on hold.
__rendered_path__18
)
__rendered_path__18
__rendered_path__16
__rendered_path__15
Description
__rendered_path__17
The bridged line is idle.
__rendered_path__15
The bridged line is seized.
__rendered_path__31
The bridged line receives an incoming call.
__rendered_path__31
The bridged line is dialing.
__rendered_path__16
The bridged line is in conversation.
__rendered_path__15
The bridged line conversation is placed on hold.
__rendered_path__17
are described in the following tables:
__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__56__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__56__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__66__rendered_path__67__rendered_path__70__rendered_path__66__rendered_path__71__rendered_path__74__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__76__rendered_path__76__rendered_path__74__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__74__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__87__rendered_path__87__rendered_path__74__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__87__rendered_path__87__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__74__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__108__rendered_path__108__rendered_path__108__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__74__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__74__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__120__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__74__rendered_path__120__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__120__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__15Image_699_0Image_688_0Image_692_0

Page 19
associated with call recording
associated with call history
associated with contact
__rendered_path__3
Icon indicator (
__rendered_path__19
Icon
__rendered_path__11__rendered_path__19
__rendered_path__22
__rendered_path__19
__rendered_path__26Image_706_0
__rendered_path__19
__rendered_path__30Image_708_0
Icon indicator (
__rendered_path__19
Icon
__rendered_path__35Image_710_0
__rendered_path__19
__rendered_path__40Image_712_0
__rendered_path__19
__rendered_path__46Image_714_0
Icon indicator (
__rendered_path__19
Icon
__rendered_path__19
__rendered_path__11__rendered_path__19
LED Instructions
__rendered_path__19
Power Indicator LED
__rendered_path__22
LED Status
__rendered_path__19
Solid red
__rendered_path__26Image_716_0
Fast-flashing red
__rendered_path__19
Slow-flashing red
__rendered_path__26Image_718_0
Off
Overview
)
__rendered_path__20
Description
__rendered_path__11__rendered_path__19
Recording box is full (Using a record key)
__rendered_path__12__rendered_path__21
A call cannot be recorded (Using a record key)
__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__19
Recording starts successfully (Using a record
__rendered_path__11__rendered_path__19
key)
__rendered_path__16
Recording cannot be started (Using a record
__rendered_path__22
key)
__rendered_path__22
Recording cannot be stopped (Using a record
__rendered_path__20
key)
__rendered_path__19
)
__rendered_path__21
Description
__rendered_path__19
Received Calls
__rendered_path__26
Placed Calls
__rendered_path__26
Missed Calls
__rendered_path__20
Forwarded Calls
__rendered_path__19
)
__rendered_path__21
Description
__rendered_path__19
The default caller photo and contact icon
__rendered_path__30
Description
__rendered_path__30
The phone is initializing.
__rendered_path__20
The phone is ringing.
__rendered_path__19
The phone receives a voice mail or text message.
__rendered_path__21
The phone is powered off.
__rendered_path__19
The phone is idle.
__rendered_path__35
The phone is busy.
__rendered_path__35__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__40__rendered_path__40__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__46__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__46__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__11__rendered_path__12__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__11__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__74__rendered_path__74__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__78__rendered_path__74__rendered_path__79__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__35__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__35__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__35__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__90__rendered_path__91__rendered_path__91__rendered_path__92__rendered_path__93__rendered_path__96__rendered_path__91__rendered_path__91__rendered_path__97__rendered_path__98__rendered_path__101__rendered_path__101__rendered_path__102__rendered_path__101__rendered_path__103__rendered_path__101__rendered_path__101__rendered_path__104__rendered_path__104__rendered_path__104__rendered_path__101__rendered_path__102__rendered_path__101__rendered_path__103__rendered_path__101__rendered_path__104__rendered_path__104__rendered_path__104__rendered_path__101__rendered_path__102__rendered_path__101__rendered_path__103__rendered_path__101__rendered_path__116__rendered_path__116__rendered_path__116__rendered_path__101__rendered_path__102__rendered_path__101__rendered_path__103__rendered_path__101__rendered_path__125__rendered_path__125__rendered_path__125__rendered_path__101__rendered_path__102__rendered_path__101__rendered_path__103__rendered_path__101__rendered_path__141__rendered_path__101__rendered_path__101__rendered_path__102__rendered_path__141__rendered_path__101__rendered_path__103__rendered_path__141__rendered_path__101__rendered_path__101Image_720_0Image_722_0Image_724_0
9

Page 20
User Guide for the SIP
User Interfaces
Phone User Interface
Web User Interface
__rendered_path__5
Note
Note
Note
10
-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__8__rendered_path__19
LED Status
Description
__rendered_path__9__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__19
The call is placed on hold or is held.
__rendered_path__9__rendered_path__20
The call is muted.
__rendered_path__10__rendered_path__11__rendered_path__19
The above introduces the default LED status. The status of the power indicator LED is
__rendered_path__9__rendered_path__21
configurable via web user interface. For more information, contact your system administrator.
__rendered_path__9__rendered_path__19
__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__19
Two ways to customize configurations of your SIP-T48S IP phone:
__rendered_path__22
T
he user interface on the IP phone.
__rendered_path__22
T
he user interface in a
web browser
on
your PC.
__rendered_path__22
The hardware components keypad and touch screen constitute the phone user interface, which
__rendered_path__19
allows the user to execute all call operation tasks and basic configuration changes directly on
__rendered_path__20
the phone. In addition, you can use the web user interface to access all configuration settings. In
__rendered_path__19
many cases, it is possible to use either the phone user interface and/or the web user interface
__rendered_path__21
interchangeably. However, in some cases, it is only possible to use one or the other interface to
__rendered_path__19
operate the phone and change settings.
__rendered_path__27
__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__27
You can customize your phone by tapping to access the phone user interface. The
__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__27
Advanced option is only accessible to the administrator, and the default administrator password
__rendered_path__20
is “admin” (case-sensitive). For more information on customizing your phone with the available
__rendered_path__19
options from the phone user interface, refer to Customizing Your Phone on page 43.
__rendered_path__21
For a better understanding of the menu structure, please refer to Appendix B Menu Structure
__rendered_path__19
on page 251.
__rendered_path__19
__rendered_path__137Image_728_0
In addition to the phone user interface, you can also customize your phone via web user
__rendered_path__138
interface. In order to access the web user interface, you need to know the IP address of your
Image_730_0
new phone. To obtain the IP address, press the OK key on the phone when the phone is idle.
__rendered_path__162Image_732_0
Enter the IP address (e.g., http://192.168.0.10 or 192.168.0.10 for IPv4;
__rendered_path__163
http://[2005:1:1:1:215:65ff:fe64:6e0a] or [2005:1:1:1:215:65ff:fe64:6e0a] for IPv6) in the address
bar of a web browser on your PC. The default administrator user name and password are both
admin (case-sensitive).
The access to the Advanced settings of the Account or Network via web user interface may be
__rendered_path__155__rendered_path__156Image_732_0
blocked by the web browser (e.g., Chrome, Firebox) if you have installed “Adblock Plus plugin”.

Page 21
The main options you can use to customize the IP phone via phone user interface and/or via
web user interface are listed in the following table:
Wallpaper on the Idle Screen
key Unfold
Search Source List in Dialing
__rendered_path__3
Options
__rendered_path__9__rendered_path__27
Status
__rendered_path__10__rendered_path__27
--IPv4
__rendered_path__11__rendered_path__28
--MAC
__rendered_path__31
--Firmware
__rendered_path__27
--Network
__rendered_path__28
--Phone
__rendered_path__38
--Accounts
__rendered_path__27
Basic Phone Settings
__rendered_path__28
--Wallpaper
__rendered_path__43
--
__rendered_path__27
--Wallpaper with Dss
__rendered_path__28
--Transparency
__rendered_path__38
--Screen Saver
__rendered_path__27
--Power Saving
__rendered_path__28
--Backlight
__rendered_path__38
--Contrast
__rendered_path__27
--Language
__rendered_path__28
--Time & Date
__rendered_path__38
--Administrator Password
__rendered_path__27
--Key As Send
__rendered_path__28
--Phone Lock
__rendered_path__38
--Audio Settings
__rendered_path__27
--Ring Tones
__rendered_path__28
--Key Tone
__rendered_path__38
--Contact Management
__rendered_path__27
--Directory
__rendered_path__28
--Local Directory
__rendered_path__43
--Blacklist
__rendered_path__27
--Mobile Contact
__rendered_path__28
--Remote Phone Book
__rendered_path__38
--Call History Management
__rendered_path__27
--
__rendered_path__28
--Headset Use
__rendered_path__38
--Bluetooth
__rendered_path__27
--DSS Keys
__rendered_path__28
--Account Registration
__rendered_path__38
--Dial Plan
__rendered_path__27
--Emergency Number
__rendered_path__28
--Live Dialpad
__rendered_path__27
Phone User Interface
__rendered_path__10
__rendered_path__12
__rendered_path__10
__rendered_path__31
__rendered_path__27
__rendered_path__38
__rendered_path__27
x
__rendered_path__43
__rendered_path__27
__rendered_path__38
__rendered_path__27
__rendered_path__38
__rendered_path__27
__rendered_path__38
__rendered_path__27
__rendered_path__38
__rendered_path__27
__rendered_path__38
__rendered_path__27
×
__rendered_path__43
__rendered_path__27
__rendered_path__38
__rendered_path__27
×
__rendered_path__38
__rendered_path__27
×
__rendered_path__38
__rendered_path__27
__rendered_path__38
__rendered_path__27
__rendered_path__38
×
__rendered_path__27
×
__rendered_path__43
×
Overview
__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__29
Web User Interface
__rendered_path__10__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__27
__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__30
__rendered_path__10__rendered_path__27
×
__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__27
__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__23
×
__rendered_path__31
__rendered_path__31
__rendered_path__29
__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__27
11

Page 22
Phone User Interface
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Options
__rendered_path__9__rendered_path__26
--Hotline
__rendered_path__26
Basic Call Features
__rendered_path__30
--Recent Call In Dialing
__rendered_path__26
--Auto Answer
__rendered_path__38
--Auto Redial
__rendered_path__26
--Call Completion
__rendered_path__45
--ReCall
__rendered_path__26
--Do Not Disturb (DND)
__rendered_path__38
--Call Forward
__rendered_path__26
--Call Transfer
__rendered_path__38
--Call Waiting
__rendered_path__26
--Conference
__rendered_path__38
--Call Park/Retrieve
__rendered_path__26
--Call Pickup
__rendered_path__38
--Anonymous Call
__rendered_path__26
--Anonymous Call Rejection
__rendered_path__38
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__26
--Busy Lamp Field (BLF)
__rendered_path__45
--BLF List
__rendered_path__26
--Call Recording
__rendered_path__38
--Hot Desking
__rendered_path__26
--Intercom
__rendered_path__38
--Multicast Paging
__rendered_path__26
--Music on Hold
__rendered_path__38
--Automatic Call Distribution (ACD)
__rendered_path__26
--Shared Call Appearance (SCA)
__rendered_path__38
--Bridged Line Appearance (BLA)
__rendered_path__26
--Messages
__rendered_path__38
SIP Account
__rendered_path__26
--User Options
__rendered_path__45
--Activation
__rendered_path__26
--Label
__rendered_path__115
--Display Name
__rendered_path__26
--Register Name
__rendered_path__115
--User Name
__rendered_path__26
--Password
__rendered_path__45
--Server Options
__rendered_path__26
--SIP Server 1/2
__rendered_path__38
--Register Port
__rendered_path__26
--Outbound Status
__rendered_path__38
--Outbound Proxy1/2
__rendered_path__26
12
__rendered_path__8__rendered_path__27
Web User Interface
__rendered_path__9__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__26
__rendered_path__10__rendered_path__11__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__28
__rendered_path__9__rendered_path__26
×
__rendered_path__9__rendered_path__29
__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__26
__rendered_path__9__rendered_path__26
__rendered_path__20
__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__22
__rendered_path__30
__rendered_path__30
__rendered_path__30
__rendered_path__27
×
__rendered_path__26
__rendered_path__28
__rendered_path__26
__rendered_path__29
__rendered_path__26
__rendered_path__38
__rendered_path__38
×
__rendered_path__38
__rendered_path__27
__rendered_path__26
__rendered_path__28
×
__rendered_path__26
x
__rendered_path__29
x
__rendered_path__26
x
__rendered_path__45
__rendered_path__45
__rendered_path__45
__rendered_path__27
__rendered_path__26
__rendered_path__28
__rendered_path__26
__rendered_path__26
__rendered_path__38
__rendered_path__38
__rendered_path__38
x
__rendered_path__27
__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__115__rendered_path__115__rendered_path__115__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__115__rendered_path__115__rendered_path__115__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26

Page 23
Documentations
__rendered_path__3
Note
Note
Overview
__rendered_path__6__rendered_path__24
Options
Phone User Interface
Web User Interface
__rendered_path__7__rendered_path__12__rendered_path__24
--Proxy Fallback Interval
__rendered_path__7__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__25
--NAT Status
__rendered_path__8__rendered_path__9__rendered_path__24
The table above lists most of the feature options. Please refer to the relevant sections for more
__rendered_path__7__rendered_path__26
information.
__rendered_path__7__rendered_path__24
__rendered_path__13__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__27
The following table shows documentations available for the SIP-T48S IP phone.
__rendered_path__7__rendered_path__24
Name
Contents
Where found
Language
__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__24
Basic call features
In the package
English
__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__20
Quick Start Guide
and phone
__rendered_path__28
customizations
On the website
English
__rendered_path__28
Phone/Web user
__rendered_path__28
interface settings
__rendered_path__28
User Guide
Basic call features
On the website
English
__rendered_path__24
and advanced
__rendered_path__25
phone features
__rendered_path__24
You can also download the latest documentations online:
__rendered_path__26
http://support.yealink.com/documentFront/forwardToDocumentDetailPage?documentId=142.
__rendered_path__24
__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__35__rendered_path__35__rendered_path__35__rendered_path__35__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__42__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__42__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__42__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__42__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__7__rendered_path__7__rendered_path__52__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__56__rendered_path__7__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__57__rendered_path__58__rendered_path__61__rendered_path__7__rendered_path__7__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__66__rendered_path__7__rendered_path__7__rendered_path__67__rendered_path__68__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__71__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__72__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__73__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__74__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__71__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__72__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__73__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__74__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__86__rendered_path__86__rendered_path__86__rendered_path__86__rendered_path__86__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__73__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__74__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__71__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__72__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__73__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__74__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__106__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__71__rendered_path__106__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__72__rendered_path__106__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__73__rendered_path__106__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__74__rendered_path__106__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__111__rendered_path__112Image_741_0__rendered_path__130__rendered_path__131Image_744_0
13

Page 24
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
14

Page 25
basic installation instructions and information for obtaining
If you require additional information or assistance with your new phone, contact your system
__rendered_path__3
Getting Started
This chapter provides the following
the best performance with the SIP-T48S IP phone. Topics include:
Packaging
Contents
Phone Installation
Network Connection
Phone Initialization
Phone Status
Basic Network Settings
Wireless Network Settings
Registration
Touch
Screen
Display
Navigating
Menus and Fields
Entering Data and Editing
Fields
administrator.
Packaging Contents
The following components are included in your SIP-T48S IP phone package:
SIP
-
T48S IP
P
hone
Image_759_0
Getting Started
__rendered_path__96
15

Page 26
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Phone Stand
Image_761_0
Handset & Handset Cord
Image_763_0
Image_765_0
Ethernet Cable
Image_767_0
Quick Start Guide
Image_769_0
Check the list before installation. If you find anything missing, contact your system
administrator.
Optional Accessories
The following items are optional accessories for your SIP-T48S IP phone. You need to purchase
them separately if required.
16

Page 27
__rendered_path__3
Wall Mount Bracket
Power Adapter (5.5mm DC plug)
Headset
YHS32/YHS33
Wireless Headset Adapter EHS36
Bluetooth USB Dongle BT40
Getting Started
Image_771_0
Image_772_0
Image_773_0
Image_774_0
Image_775_0
17

Page 28
User Guide for the SIP
We recommend that you use the accessories provided or approved by Yealink. The use of
Phone Installation
on page
__rendered_path__5
Note
18
-T48S IP Phone
Wi
-
Fi USB Dongle
WF40
Image_781_0
Image_783_0
unapproved third-party accessories may result in reduced performance.
__rendered_path__76
If your phone is already installed, proceed to Phone Initialization
This section introduces how to install the phone:
1)
Attach the stand or the optional wall mount bracket
2)
Connect the handset and optional headset
3)
Connect the optional USB flash drive
4)
Connect the power
1)
Attach the stand or the optional wall mount bracket
Desk Mount Method
Image_782_0
22.

Page 29
__rendered_path__3
Note
Note
Note
Getting Started
Wall Mount Method (Optional)
Image_786_0
The reversible tab has a lip which allows the handset to stay on-hook when the IP phone is
Image_794_0
mounted vertically.
The top two slots are plugged up by silica gel. You need to pull out silica gel before attaching the
wall mount bracket. For more information on how to attach the wall mount bracket, refer to
Yealink Wall Mount Quick Installation Guide for Yealink IP Phones
.
__rendered_path__43
2)
Connect the handset and optional headset
Image_787_0__rendered_path__44
The EXT port can also be used to connect an expansion module EXP40.
Image_791_0
For more information on how to use EHS36 and EXP40, refer to
Yealink EHS36 User Guide
and
Yealink EXP
4
0 User Guide
.
__rendered_path__28
3)
Connect the optional USB flash drive
Image_788_0__rendered_path__29
The USB flash drive should be purchased separately if required.
Image_799_0
The USB port can also be used to connect the Bluetooth USB dongle BT40 or Wi-Fi USB dongle
WF40. The Bluetooth USB dongle BT40 and Wi-Fi USB dongle WF40 should be purchased
separately. For more information on how to use the BT40 and WF40, refer to Yealink Bluetooth
USB Dongle BT40 User Guide
and
Yealink Wi
-
Fi USB
Dongle WF40 User Guide
.
__rendered_path__61__rendered_path__62
19

Page 30
User Guide for the SIP
Note
__rendered_path__5
20
-T48S IP Phone
4)
Connect the power
You have two options for power connections. Your system administrator will advise you which
one to use.
AC power
(Optional)
Power over Ethernet (PoE)
AC Power (Optional)
To connect the AC power:
1. Connect the DC plug on the power adapter to the DC5V port on the phone and connect the
other end of the power adapter into an electrical power outlet.
Image_802_0
The IP phone should be used with Yealink original power adapter (5V/2A) only. The use of the
Image_803_0
third-party power adapter may cause the damage to the phone.
__rendered_path__61
Power over Ethernet
With the included or a regular Ethernet cable, the SIP-T48S IP phone can be powered from a
PoE-compliant switch or hub.

Page 31
Network Connection
__rendered_path__3
Note
Getting Started
To connect the PoE:
1. Connect the Ethernet cable between the Internet port on the phone and an available port
on the in-line power switch/hub.
Image_806_0
If in-line power is provided, you don’t need to connect the phone to the power adapter. Make
Image_807_0
sure the switch/hub is PoE-compliant.
Important! Do not remove power to the phone while it is updating firmware and configurations.
__rendered_path__44
__rendered_path__45
You have two options for network connection. You can select one of them according to the
current office environment.
Connecting to the wired network
Connect
ing to
the
wireless network
21

Page 32
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Connecting to the Wired Network
You can connect your phone to a wired network.
Before connecting your phone to the wired network, it is important to note that the Wi-Fi
feature should be disabled. For more information, refer to Connecting to the Wireless Network
on page 22.
Image_814_0
Note
The phone can also share the network with another network device such as a PC (personal
Image_815_0
computer). This is an optional connection. We recommend that you use the Ethernet cable
provided by Yealink. The PC port may be disabled, contact your system administrator for more
information.
__rendered_path__111
Connecting to the Wireless Network
__rendered_path__112
Yealink SIP-T48S IP phone supports Wi-Fi feature. You can connect your phone to a wireless
network. The wireless network is more convenient and cost-effective than wired network. The PC
port is unavailable when using wireless network. For more information on how to connect to a
wireless network, refer to Wireless Network Settings on page 26.
Phone Initialization
After your phone is powered on, the system boots up and performs the following steps:
Automatic Phone Initialization
The phone finishes the initialization by loading the saved configuration. The touch screen
displays Welcome Initializing…Please wait during the initialization.
22

Page 33
Getting Started
address
23
__rendered_path__3
DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol)
The phone attempts to contact a DHCP server in your network to obtain valid IPv4 network
settings (e.g., IP address, subnet mask, default gateway address and DNS address) by default.
Note
If your network does not use DHCP, proceed to Basic Network Settings on page 24.
Phone Status
You can view phone status via phone user interface or web user interface.
Available information of phone status includes:
General information (IPv4 address
or
IPv6
address
, MAC address and firmware version).
-
IPv4 uses a 32-bit address.
-
IPv6 is an updated version of the current Internet Protocol to meet the increased
demands for unique IP addresses, using a 128-bit address.
Network status (
IPv4 status or
IPv6 statu
s, IP mode and MAC address
)
.
Phone status (
product name,
hardware version
, firmware
version
, product ID, MAC
and device certificate status).
Account status (register status of SIP accounts)
.
To view the phone status via phone user interface:
Image_823_0Image_825_0
1. Press , or tap ->Status.
Image_818_0
__rendered_path__126
2. Tap the desired item to view the specific information.
To view the phone status via web user interface:
1. Open a web browser on your computer.
2. Enter the IP address in the browser’s address bar, and then press the Enter key.
(e.g., “http://192.168.0.10” for IPv4 or “http://[2005:1:1:1:215:65ff:fe64:6e0a]” for IPv6).
__rendered_path__127Image_821_0
__rendered_path__128

Page 34
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
3. Enter the user name (admin) and password (admin) in the login page.
Image_828_0
__rendered_path__53
4. Click Login to login.
The phone status is displayed on the first page of the web user interface.
Image_829_0
__rendered_path__55
Note
If IP mode of the phone is configured as IPv4 & IPv6, you can enter either of them in the
Image_830_0
browser’s address bar to view the phone status. IPv6 is not available on all servers. Contact your
system administrator for more information.
__rendered_path__56
Basic Network Settings
__rendered_path__57
If your phone cannot contact a DHCP server for any reason, you need to configure network
settings manually. The IP phone can support either or both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses.
24

Page 35
Getting Started
__rendered_path__3
To configure the IP mode via phone user interface:
Image_825_0
1. Tap ->Advanced (default password: admin) ->Network->WAN Port.
2. Tap the gray box of the IP Mode field, and then select the desired value (IPv4, IPv6 or IPv4
& IPv6) from the pull-down list.
Image_833_0
__rendered_path__167
3. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Image_835_0Image_837_0
You can configure a static IPv4 address for the IP phone. Before configuring it, make sure that
the IP mode is configured as IPv4 or IPv4 & IPv6.
To configure a static IPv4 address via phone user interface:
Image_825_0
1. Tap ->Advanced (default password: admin) ->Network->WAN Port->IPv4.
2. Tap the gray box of the Type field, and then select Static IP from the pull-down list.
3. Enter the desired value in the IP Address, Subnet Mask, Default Gateway, Pri. DNS and
Sec.DNS field respectively.
Image_834_0
__rendered_path__167
4. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Image_839_0Image_841_0
You can configure a static IPv6 address for the IP phone. Before configuring it, make sure that
the IP mode is configured as IPv6 or IPv4 & IPv6.
25

Page 36
User Guide for the SIP
Wireless Network Settings
__rendered_path__5
Note
Note
26
-T48S IP Phone
To configure a static IPv6 address via phone user interface:
Image_825_0
1. Tap ->Advanced (default password: admin) ->Network->WAN Port->IPv6.
2. Tap the gray box of the Type field, and then select Static IP from the pull-down list.
3. Enter the desired value in the IP Address, IPv6 IP Prefix, Default Gateway, Pri. DNS and
Sec.DNS field respectively.
Image_844_0
__rendered_path__107
4. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Image_835_0Image_845_0
The wrong network settings may result in inaccessibility of your phone and may also have an
Image_847_0
impact on your network performance. For more information on these parameters, contact your
system administrator.
__rendered_path__111
__rendered_path__112
Wi-Fi is a popular wireless networking technology that uses radio waves to provide wireless
high-speed Internet and network connections. You can activate/deactivate the Wi-Fi mode on
the IP phone, and then connect your phone to the desired wireless network.
Ensure that the Wi
-
Fi USB Dongle WF40 is properly connected to the USB port at the back of the
__rendered_path__125Image_851_0
IP phone. For more information, refer to Phone Installation on page 18.

Page 37
Getting Started
__rendered_path__3
Activating the Wi-Fi Mode
When Wi-Fi USB dongle WF40 is connected to the USB port at the back of the IP phone, the
screen will prompt “Wi-Fi adapter is added, scanning available wireless networks right now?”.
You can tap OK to activate Wi-Fi mode directly and scan Wi-Fi devices automatically.
Image_854_0
__rendered_path__96
To activate the Wi-Fi mode via phone user interface:
Image_856_0
1.
Tap ->Basic->Wi-Fi.
2.
Tap the On radio box of the Wi-Fi field.
The IP phone scans the available wireless networks in your area.
Image_855_0
__rendered_path__98
Connecting to the Wireless Network
Three ways to connect IP phone to the wireless network:
Manually connect to an available wireless network
Wi
-
Fi Protected Setup (WPS)
Manually add a wireless network
27

Page 38
Connect
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Manually Connect to an Available Wireless Network
To manually connect to a wireless network via phone user interface:
Image_856_0
1.
Tap ->Basic->Wi-Fi.
2.
Tap the On radio box of the Wi-Fi field.
The IP phone scans the available wireless networks in your area.
3.
(Optional.) To re-search the available network, tap the Scan soft key.
4.
Tap the desired wireless network to connect to your IP phone.
You can also tap after the desired wireless network, and then tap
Image_861_0
5.
If the network is secure, enter its password in the PIN field.
6.
Tap OK.
28
Image_859_0
__rendered_path__103
Image_860_0__rendered_path__105
.

Page 39
Fi Protected Setup (WPS)
__rendered_path__3
Note
Wi-
Getting Started
Once the connection has completed successfully, the prompt Connect Successfully.
appears at the end of the wireless network.
Image_864_0
__rendered_path__73
The Wi-Fi icon appears on the touch screen.
Image_865_0Image_577_0
__rendered_path__73
For more information on the password of the wireless network, contact your system
Image_866_0
administrator.
__rendered_path__76
Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) provides simplified mechanisms to configure secure wireless
networks. WPS can automatically configure a wireless network with a network name (SSID) and
strong WPA data encryption and authentication.
Two methods supported by Yealink IP phones in the Wi-Fi protected setup:
Push Button Configuration (PBC)
:
The user simply has to
press
WPS
key
on both the IP
phone and gateway/router to connect.
Personal Identification Number
(PIN)
:
The user has to enter a PIN generated randomly
by the IP phone on the gateway/router to connect.
29

Page 40
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Push Button Configuration (PBC)
To connect to the wireless network using PBC method:
Image_869_0
1. Tap ->Basic->Wi-Fi.
2. Tap the On radio box of the Wi-Fi field.
The IP phone scans the available wireless networks in your area.
3. Tap the WPS soft key.
The touch screen prompts WPS has been activated, connect in 120s!”.
4. Long press the WPS key on your gateway/router.
Once WPS setup has completed successfully, the touch screen will prompt Connect
Success.”.
Personal Identification Number (PIN)
To connect to the wireless network using PIN method:
Image_869_0
1. Tap ->Basic->Wi-Fi.
2. Tap the On radio box of the Wi-Fi field.
The IP phone scans the available wireless networks in your area.
3. Tap the WPS-PIN soft key.
The touch screen pops up a prompt containing a randomly generated PIN.
4. Tap OK.
The touch screen prompts “Please input below PIN code on your Wi-Fi router and press OK
to connect: xxx”.
5. Log into your gateway/router’s web interface, and configure it to search the clients. For
more information, refer to the documentation from the gateway/router manufacturer.
Once WPS-PIN setup has completed successfully, the gateway/router’s web interface will
prompt success.
Note
Contact your gateway/router provider for more information.
__rendered_path__230Image_871_0
Manually Add a Wireless Network
__rendered_path__231
If your gateway/router has SSID broadcast disabled, it might not appear in the scanning results.
In that case, you must manually add a wireless network.
To add a wireless network:
Image_856_0
1.
Tap ->Basic->Wi-Fi.
2.
Tap the On radio box of the Wi-Fi field.
The IP phone scans the available wireless networks in your area.
3.
Tap the Add soft key.
4.
Use the WLAN settings obtained from your gateway/router to configure this WLAN Profile
30

Page 41
Getting Started
__rendered_path__3
on the IP phone. Do the following:
a)
If you select None or WEP from the pull-down list of Security Mode:
Enter the profile name, SSID and WPA shared key in the corresponding fields.
b) If you select WPA-PSK or WPA2-PSK from the pull-down list of Security Mode:
Select the desired Cipher type (TKIP, AES or TKIP AES) from the pull-down list of
Cipher Type.
Enter the profile name, SSID and WPA shared key in the corresponding fields.
Image_835_0Image_875_0
5.
Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
The connected wireless networks will be saved to Known Network(s) list. The Known
Network(s) list can store up to 5 wireless networks, you can specify the priority to connect to
the corresponding wireless network.
Viewing the Wireless Network Information
To view the wireless network information via phone user interface:
Image_856_0
1.
Tap ->Basic->Wi-Fi.
2.
Tap after the desired wireless network to view the detailed wireless network
Image_877_0
information (e.g., Profile Name, SSID or Signal Strength).
Image_874_0
__rendered_path__152
31

Page 42
User Guide for the SIP
Manag
__rendered_path__5
32
-T48S IP Phone
If the IP phone is connected to a wireless network successfully, you can also tap Wi-Fi
Status to view the connected wireless network information.
Image_880_0
__rendered_path__107
ing the Saved Wireless Network
Once the IP phone has ever been connected to a wireless network successfully, the wireless
network profile will be saved in Known Network(s) list. The next time you enable Wi-Fi feature,
the IP phone will be automatically connected to the wireless network which has the highest
priority (the top one). Up to 5 wireless network profiles can be saved in Known Network(s) list.
If you want to add a new one when the IP phone has already saved 5 wireless network profiles,
please delete the older saved profile before adding.
To manage the known network(s) via phone user interface:
Image_856_0
1.
Tap ->Basic->Wi-Fi.
2.
Tap Known Network(s) to view the saved wireless networks.
Image_881_0
__rendered_path__109

Page 43
riority of the
profile from your phone, you need to
Disconnecting
To disconnect wireless network via phone user interface:
The wireless network is disconnected. To connect it to your IP phone again, tap the
__rendered_path__3
3.
4.
1.
2.
Image_861_0
Tap .
Do one of the following:
-
To edit the wireless network profile:
1)
Tap Edit.
2)
Edit the desired wireless network information.
3)
Tap the Save soft key.
-
To change the priority of the wireless network:
1)
Tap Move Up or Move Down to improve or lower the p
network that the IP phone automatically connects to.
-
To delete the saved wireless network profile:
1)
Tap Delete.
If you delete your wireless network
manually connect to it next time.
the Wireless Network Connection
Image_856_0
Tap ->Basic->Wi-Fi.
Do one of the following:
-
Tap the connected wireless network.
Image_861_0
-
Tap after the connected wireless network.
Tap Disconnect.
-
Tap Known Network(s).
Tap the connected wireless network.
Getting Started
Image_885_0
__rendered_path__144
wireless
33

Page 44
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
wireless network again.
Deactivating the Wi-Fi Mode
To deactivate the Wi-Fi mode via phone user interface:
Image_856_0
1.
Tap ->Basic->Wi-Fi.
2.
Tap the Off radio box of the Wi-Fi field.
Image_889_0
__rendered_path__96
The Wi-Fi icon disappears from the touch screen.
Image_577_0
Registration
Generally, your phone will be deployed with multiple other phones. In this case, your system
administrator will configure the phone parameters beforehand, so that after you start up your
phone, the phone will be registered and ready for use. The SIP-T48S IP phone supports up to 16
accounts. If your phone is not registered, you may have to register it. For more information on
how to register your phone, refer to Account Management on page 122.
34

Page 45
started up
an example of what is displayed on the touch screen.
__rendered_path__3
Touch Screen Display
Idle Screen Display
If the phone has successfully
__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__37
No.
Name
__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__37
1
Status Bar
__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__38
2
Default Account
__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__37
3
Icons
__rendered_path__21
4
Time and Date
__rendered_path__41
5
Line Keys (1-11)
Getting Started
, the idle screen will be displayed. The following figure is
Image_897_0
__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__39
Description
__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__37
Displays the phone’s default account, icons and the
__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__40
time and date.
__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__37
The label of the default account is displayed on the
__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__37
left of the status bar.
__rendered_path__33__rendered_path__34
If multiple accounts are already registered, tap and
__rendered_path__41
select the desired default account.
__rendered_path__41
For more information, refer to Default Account on
__rendered_path__39
page 123.
__rendered_path__37
Note: You can configure the IP phone not to display
__rendered_path__40
the default account. Contact your system
__rendered_path__37
administrator for more information.
__rendered_path__49
Icons are displayed in the middle of the status bar.
__rendered_path__49
For more information, refer to Icon Instructions on
__rendered_path__39
page 3.
__rendered_path__37
The phone’s time and date are displayed on the
__rendered_path__40
right of the status bar.
__rendered_path__37
For more information, refer to Time & Date on page
__rendered_path__79
56.
__rendered_path__79
The idle screen displays line keys 1-11. The line keys
__rendered_path__39
1-6 on the left and the line keys 7-11 on the right
__rendered_path__37
can be used to activate up to 11 lines.
__rendered_path__40
Various features can be assigned to line keys.
__rendered_path__37
Each line key can display the label and indicate the
__rendered_path__41__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__49__rendered_path__49__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__79__rendered_path__79__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__97__rendered_path__97__rendered_path__97__rendered_path__97__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__39__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__40__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__112__rendered_path__112__rendered_path__112__rendered_path__112__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__39__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__40__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__133__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__133__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__39__rendered_path__133__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__40__rendered_path__133__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__37
35

Page 46
User Guide for the SIP
T48S IP Phone
Shortcut Keys
36
__rendered_path__5
-
__rendered_path__8__rendered_path__25
No.
__rendered_path__9__rendered_path__25
6
__rendered_path__9__rendered_path__26
7
__rendered_path__10__rendered_path__11__rendered_path__25
8
__rendered_path__9
__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__27
Name
__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__17
More
__rendered_path__27
Wallpaper
__rendered_path__27
__rendered_path__27
__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__25
Description
__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__28
status of the assigned feature.
__rendered_path__9__rendered_path__25
For more information, refer to Line Keys on page
__rendered_path__9__rendered_path__25
111.
__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__22
Tap to unfold the DSS key list. You can tap or long
__rendered_path__29
tap the desired line key to configure it.
__rendered_path__29
The DSS key unfold wallpaper can be customized.
__rendered_path__25
For more information, refer to Wallpaper with
__rendered_path__28
Dsskey Unfold on page 45.
__rendered_path__25
Shows the specified wallpaper, which can be
__rendered_path__42
customized. For more information, refer to
__rendered_path__42
Wallpaper on the Idle Screen on page 44.
__rendered_path__25
: tap this shortcut key to enter the History
__rendered_path__28
screen and view call history.
__rendered_path__25
: tap this shortcut key to enter the Directory
__rendered_path__75
screen and view contacts.
__rendered_path__75
: tap this shortcut key to toggle the DND mode
__rendered_path__25
or enter the custom DND configuration screen.
__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__42__rendered_path__42__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__88__rendered_path__88__rendered_path__88__rendered_path__88__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__105__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__105__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__105__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__105__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__25Image_906_0Image_908_0Image_910_0Image_912_0Image_856_0
: tap this shortcut key to enter the main menu.

Page 47
Getting Started
__rendered_path__3
Configuration Screen Display
Image_915_0
__rendered_path__9__rendered_path__26
No.
Name
Description
__rendered_path__10__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__26
1
Screen Title Area
Displays the title of the current menu screen.
__rendered_path__10__rendered_path__21__rendered_path__27
2
Operation Option Area
Displays various operation options for different
menu screens.
__rendered_path__11__rendered_path__12__rendered_path__26
Displays menu items.
__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__28
3
Menu Tree Area
Tap the desired menu item to enter the
__rendered_path__10__rendered_path__26
corresponding feature configuration screen.
__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__29
Displays configuration items of the highlighted
__rendered_path__10__rendered_path__26
4
Configuration Area
menu item in the menu tree area.
__rendered_path__10__rendered_path__26
You can configure feature settings in this area.
__rendered_path__22__rendered_path__23
5
Soft Keys
Label automatically to identify their
context
-
s
ensitive features.
__rendered_path__30
Navigating Menus and Fields
__rendered_path__30
To navigate menus and fields, you can:
__rendered_path__30
Tap soft keys on the touch screen.
__rendered_path__30
Tap menu items, fields, and arrows on the touch screen.
__rendered_path__26
Press keys on the phone keypad.
__rendered_path__27
Note
The menu system will automatically exit to
the idle screen after 60 seconds of inactivity.
__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__30__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__44__rendered_path__44__rendered_path__44__rendered_path__44__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__54__rendered_path__54__rendered_path__54__rendered_path__54__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__64__rendered_path__64__rendered_path__64__rendered_path__64__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__44__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__27__rendered_path__44__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__44__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__44__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__95Image_916_0
37

Page 48
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
To operate your phone, follow these tips:
__rendered_path__18
If you want to
Action
__rendered_path__10__rendered_path__18
Enter the main menu.
Tap .
__rendered_path__10__rendered_path__19
Return to the idle screen.
Tap .
__rendered_path__11__rendered_path__18
Go back to the previous menu.
Tap or press .
__rendered_path__10__rendered_path__20
Tap the item.
__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__18
Select an item.
__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__18
Scroll to the item by pressing or .
__rendered_path__21
Tap or .
__rendered_path__21
(If you are in the call history, local directory,
__rendered_path__21
Scroll through items page by page. language configuration screen or ring tones
__rendered_path__18
configuration screen, you can also press
__rendered_path__19
or .)
__rendered_path__18
Tap the field’s highlighted gray box. From the
__rendered_path__20
Scroll through values for a field.
pull
values page by page, or press or to scroll
-
down list, tap or to scroll through
__rendered_path__18
values one by one.
__rendered_path__21Image_825_0
Select a value for a field.
From the
the value and then press
pull
-
down list, tap the value or scroll
.
to
__rendered_path__21
Entering Data and Editing Fields
__rendered_path__21
You can enter data and edit fields using the phone keypad.
__rendered_path__18
Keypad on the phone provides different characters (or numbers) when using the 2aB, abc, Abc,
__rendered_path__19
ABC or 123 input mode. You can change the following input modes to enter data and edit fields
__rendered_path__18
on your phone. When your phone keypad matches the input mode, you can press the keypad
__rendered_path__20
repeatedly to view the character (or number) options and stop to select. When the character (or
__rendered_path__18
number) you want to enter displays in the field, wait for one second, and enter the next
__rendered_path__21Image_926_0
character (or number).
__rendered_path__21
The following table lists the input modes and character (or number) options for the keypad:
__rendered_path__21
Input Mode
Abc
__rendered_path__18
Keypad
2aB
abc
(initials in
ABC
123
__rendered_path__19
capitals)
__rendered_path__18
1
1
__rendered_path__20
__rendered_path__18
2abcABC
abc2äæåàá
âãç
abc2äæåàá
âãç
ABC2ÄÆÅ
ÀÁÂÃÇ
2
__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__44__rendered_path__44__rendered_path__44__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__65__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__80__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__80__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__80__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__116__rendered_path__116__rendered_path__117__rendered_path__118__rendered_path__122__rendered_path__125__rendered_path__10__rendered_path__10__rendered_path__125__rendered_path__126__rendered_path__125__rendered_path__10__rendered_path__10__rendered_path__125__rendered_path__129__rendered_path__132__rendered_path__132__rendered_path__126__rendered_path__135__rendered_path__137__rendered_path__125__rendered_path__10__rendered_path__10__rendered_path__125__rendered_path__129__rendered_path__142__rendered_path__10__rendered_path__10__rendered_path__142__rendered_path__126__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__145__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__146__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__146__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__146__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__146__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__147__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__148__rendered_path__148__rendered_path__149__rendered_path__148__rendered_path__148__rendered_path__148__rendered_path__148__rendered_path__148__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__145__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__146__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__146__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__146__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__146__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__147__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__158__rendered_path__158__rendered_path__158__rendered_path__158__rendered_path__159__rendered_path__158__rendered_path__160__rendered_path__158__rendered_path__161__rendered_path__158__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__145__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__146__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__146__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__146__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__146__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__147__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__176__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__145__rendered_path__176__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__146__rendered_path__176__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__146__rendered_path__176__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__146__rendered_path__176__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__146__rendered_path__176__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__147__rendered_path__176__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__18Image_920_0Image_922_0Image_835_0Image_924_0Image_928_0Image_930_0Image_520_0Image_522_0Image_520_0Image_522_0Image_928_0Image_930_0Image_520_0Image_522_0Image_823_0
38

Page 49
__rendered_path__3
Input Mode
__rendered_path__8__rendered_path__36
Keypad
2aB
__rendered_path__6__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__36
3defDEF
__rendered_path__6__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__37
__rendered_path__7__rendered_path__12__rendered_path__36
4ghiGHI
__rendered_path__40
__rendered_path__40
5jklJKL
__rendered_path__41
__rendered_path__36
6mnoMNO
__rendered_path__37
__rendered_path__36
7pqrsPQRS
__rendered_path__53Image_938_0
__rendered_path__53
8tuvTUV
__rendered_path__36
__rendered_path__37
9wxyzWXY
__rendered_path__36
Z
__rendered_path__53Image_940_0
0
__rendered_path__53
__rendered_path__36
*.,'?!\-()@/:
__rendered_path__37
_;+&%=<>
__rendered_path__36
$¥¤[]{}~
__rendered_path__53Image_942_0
^¡¿§#"|
__rendered_path__53
#
__rendered_path__36
__rendered_path__37
To enter or edit data:
__rendered_path__36
1.
Tap the field.
__rendered_path__90Image_944_0
2.
Do one of the following:
__rendered_path__90
If you want to
__rendered_path__36
Enter only digits (1),
__rendered_path__37
uppercase (A) characters,
__rendered_path__36
lowercase (a) characters, or
__rendered_path__53Image_946_0
alphanumeric (2aB)
__rendered_path__53
characters.
Getting Started
__rendered_path__38
Abc
__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__36
abc
(initials in
ABC
123
__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__38
capitals)
__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__36
def3èéêëð
def3èéêëð
DEF3ÈÉÊËÐ
3
__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__33__rendered_path__38
ghi4ìíîï
ghi4ìíîï
GHI4ÌÍÎÏ
4
__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__36
jkl5£
jkl5£
JKL5£
5
__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__38
mno6öøòó
ôõñ
mno6öøòó
ôõñ
MNO6ÖØ
ÒÓÔÕÑ
6
__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__36
pqrs7ßЅ
pqrs7ßЅ
PQRS7Ѕ
7
__rendered_path__28__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__39
tuv8ùúûü
tuv8ùúûü
TUV8ÙÚÛ
Ü
8
__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__36
wxyz9ýÞ
wxyz9ýÞ
WXYZ9ÝÞ
9
__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__36
space
space
space
0
__rendered_path__33__rendered_path__17
*.,'?!\-()@/:
*.,'?!\-()@/:
*.,'?!\-()@/:
__rendered_path__40
_;+&%=<>
$¥¤[]{}~
_;+&%=<>
$¥¤[]{}~
_;+&%=<>
$¥¤[]{}~
.*:/@[]
__rendered_path__40
^¡¿§#"|
^¡¿§#"|
^¡¿§#"|
__rendered_path__40
#
#
#
#
__rendered_path__40
Then you can
__rendered_path__40
Press a keypad key one or more times (depending
__rendered_path__38
on what input mode you’re in) to enter the
__rendered_path__36
characters that is displayed on the keypad key.
__rendered_path__38
You can tap or abc one or more times to
__rendered_path__36
switch among uppercase (ABC), numeric (123),
__rendered_path__38
alphanumeric (2aB), uppercase and lowercase
__rendered_path__36
(Abc) and lowercase (abc) input modes.
__rendered_path__38
For example, if the input mode is ABC:
__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__39__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__39__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__39__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__39__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__90__rendered_path__90__rendered_path__90__rendered_path__90__rendered_path__90__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__39__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__39__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__117__rendered_path__117__rendered_path__117__rendered_path__117__rendered_path__117__rendered_path__117__rendered_path__117__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__39__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__90__rendered_path__90__rendered_path__90__rendered_path__90__rendered_path__90__rendered_path__90__rendered_path__90__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__39__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__39__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__180__rendered_path__180__rendered_path__180__rendered_path__180__rendered_path__180__rendered_path__180__rendered_path__180__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__39__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__39__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__202__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__203__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__202__rendered_path__206__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__209__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__210__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__211__rendered_path__211__rendered_path__211__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__209__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__210__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__256__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__209__rendered_path__256__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__210__rendered_path__256__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__36Image_948_0Image_950_0Image_952_0Image_954_0Image_956_0Image_958_0
39

Page 50
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
If you want to
__rendered_path__8__rendered_path__16
Enter special characters.
__rendered_path__10__rendered_path__16
Delete text you entered.
__rendered_path__19
Delete an entire field of data.
__rendered_path__16
40
__rendered_path__17
Then you can
__rendered_path__9__rendered_path__16
-
To enter “A”, press once.
__rendered_path__9__rendered_path__18
-
To enter “B”, press twice quickly.
__rendered_path__8__rendered_path__16
-
To enter “C”, press three times quickly.
__rendered_path__13__rendered_path__16
-
To enter “2ÄÆÅÀÁÂÃÇ”, press more
__rendered_path__19
than three times quickly.
__rendered_path__19
Note: When you are in the uppercase (ABC),
__rendered_path__17
uppercase and lowercase (Abc) or lowercase (abc)
__rendered_path__16
input mode, is not available.
__rendered_path__18
Press the keypad key or , or
__rendered_path__16
press .
__rendered_path__53Image_962_0Image_968_0
For Key:
__rendered_path__53Image_968_0
-
If it is in the uppercase (ABC), uppercase and
__rendered_path__17Image_968_0
lowercase (Abc) or lowercase (abc soft key)
__rendered_path__16Image_968_0
input mode, it will provide the space
__rendered_path__18
character.
__rendered_path__16
-
If it is in the numeric (123) or alphanumeric
Image_964_0
(2aB) input mode, it will only provide the
Image_966_0
digit 0.
Image_952_0Image_952_0
-
If it is in the numeric (123) or alphanumeric
(2aB) input mode, it will provide the special
character + by long pressing about 2 seconds
on the dialing/pre-dialing screen.
Image_964_0
For key:
-
It only provides the pound character #.
Image_966_0
For key:
-
If it is in the uppercase (ABC), lowercase
(abc), uppercase and lowercase (Abc) or
alphanumeric (2aB) input mode, it will
provide the following special characters:
*.,'?!\-()@/:_;+&%=<>$¥¤[]{}~^¡¿§#"|.
-
If it is in the numeric (123) input mode, it will
provide the following special
characters: .*:/@[].
__rendered_path__163
Press or to position the cursor to the
__rendered_path__163
right of the text you want to delete, and then tap
__rendered_path__17
Delete or to delete one character at a time.
__rendered_path__16
Swipe your finger to the left or right to select the
__rendered_path__18
entire field of data, so that the data is highlighted,
__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__163__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__172__rendered_path__172__rendered_path__172__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__172__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__172__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__172__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__16Image_960_0Image_526_0Image_970_0Image_970_0
and then tap the Delete or .

Page 51
__rendered_path__3
Note
Getting Started
Image_973_0
3.
Press .
When the phone is on the pre-dialing/dialing screen, characters can also be entered using the
Image_803_0
on-screen keypad.
__rendered_path__15
41

Page 52
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
42

Page 53
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__92
You can customize your SIP-T48S IP phone by personally configuring certain settings, for
example, wallpaper, time & date and ring tones. You can add contacts to the phone’s local
directory manually or from call history. You can also personalize different ring tones for different
callers.
This chapter provides basic operating instructions for customizing your phone. Topics include:
General Settings
Audio Settings
Contact Management
Call History Management
Search Source List in Dialing
System Customizations
If you require additional information or assistance with your new phone, contact your system
administrator.
General Settings
Wallpaper
You can customize the wallpaper of the SIP-T48S IP phone, and can change the wallpaper image
via phone user interface or web user interface. You can also upload custom pictures as
wallpaper images via web user interface.
The SIP-T48S IP phone supports the file format of pictures in the following table:
__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__75
Format
Resolution
Note
__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__67__rendered_path__75
*.jpg/*.png/*.bmp
/*.jpeg
2.0 megapixels
2MB of space should be reserved for the
phone
__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__71__rendered_path__76
__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__64__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__67__rendered_path__68__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__71__rendered_path__72__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__77__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__78__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__79__rendered_path__79__rendered_path__79__rendered_path__79__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__76__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__77__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__78__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__89__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__76__rendered_path__89__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__77__rendered_path__89__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__78__rendered_path__89__rendered_path__75__rendered_path__75
43

Page 54
User Guide for the SIP
Wallpaper on the Idle Screen
__rendered_path__5
Note
44
-T48S IP Phone
To upload the custom picture via web user interface:
1. Click on Settings->Preference.
2. In the Upload Wallpaper(800*480) field, click Browse to locate the desired picture from
your local system.
Image_984_0
__rendered_path__121
3. Click Upload to upload the file.
The custom picture appears in the pull-down lists of Wallpaper and Wallpaper with
DSSkey unfold.
You can only delete the custom wallpaper by clicking Del when selecting the desired custom
wallpaper in the Wallpaper or Wallpaper with DSSkey unfold field.
The SIP-T48S IP phone screen size is 7 inches (Resolution: 800x480). If the size of the custom
Image_985_0
wallpaper doesn’t meet the IP phone screen size, the wallpaper will be stretched or/and zoomed
out according to the IP phone screen size.
__rendered_path__123
You can change the wallpaper to display when the phone is idle.
To change the wallpaper on the idle screen via phone user interface:
Image_825_0
1. Tap ->Basic->Display->Wallpaper.

Page 55
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
2. Tap or , or press or to select the desired wallpaper image.
Image_988_0Image_524_0Image_992_0Image_994_0
__rendered_path__66Image_526_0Image_992_0Image_996_0
3. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Image_835_0Image_990_0
Wallpaper on the idle screen is configurable via web user interface at the path
Settings->Preference->Wallpaper.
Wallpaper with Dsskey Unfold
You can change the wallpaper to display when unfolding the DSS key list. Tap More when the
phone is idle to unfold the DSS key list.
Image_989_0
__rendered_path__68
45

Page 56
User Guide for the SIP
Transparency
__rendered_path__5
46
-T48S IP Phone
To change the DSS key wallpaper via phone user interface:
Image_825_0
1.
Tap ->Basic->Display->Dsskey Wallpaper.
Image_960_0Image_1003_0Image_1005_0
2.
Tap or , or press or to select the desired wallpaper image.
Image_1000_0Image_526_0Image_992_0Image_1007_0
__rendered_path__138
3.
Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Image_835_0Image_1001_0
Wallpaper with Dsskey unfold is configurable via web user interface at the path
Settings->Preference->Wallpaper with DSSkey unfold.
If you are using a custom picture with a single color or complex background as the wallpaper
(refer to Wallpaper), it may affect your experience of the idle screen display. You can choose an
appropriate transparency for DSS key labels and status bar on the idle screen as required.
The transparency can be configured from the following options:
0
%
: The DSS key
label
s
and status bar are non
-
transparent.
20%
,
40%
,
60%
or
80%
: The DSS key
label
s
and status bar are translucent.
100%
: The DSS key
label
s
and
status bar are transparent.

Page 57
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
To change the transparency via phone user interface:
Image_1013_0
1.
Tap ->Basic->Display->Transparency.
2.
Tap the gray box of the Transparency field, and then select the desired value from the
pull-down list.
Image_1010_0
__rendered_path__112
3.
Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Image_835_0Image_1011_0
Transparency is configurable via web user interface at the path Settings->Preference.
Screen Saver
The screen saver will automatically start when the IP phone is idle for the preset waiting time.
The screen saver is used to blank the screen or fill it with moving images or patterns.
The screen saver will be stopped if one of the following phone events occurs:
Press any key.
Tap the touch screen.
Pick up
/hang
up
the handset.
There is an incoming call.
A new
prompt (e.g., missed call, new voice mail or forwarded call).
The
status of BLF key changes.
47

Page 58
User Guide for the SIP
Uploading the
__rendered_path__5
48
-T48S IP Phone
If your phone is idle again for a specified period of time, the screen saver will start again. The
time & date and certain feature status icons (e.g., a new text message, DND, auto answer) will
also display on the screen saver. For more information on the icons, refer to Icon Instructions on
page 3. You can configure the phone whether to display the time & date on the screen saver or
not.
Image_1018_0
__rendered_path__117
You can configure the screen saver of SIP-T48S IP phone, and upload custom pictures to set up
a screen saver of your picture via web user interface. You can configure the screen saver wait
time, screen saver type and screen saver display clock via phone user interface or web user
interface.
The SIP-T48S IP phone supports the file format of custom pictures in the following table:
__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__58
Format
Resolution
Note
__rendered_path__46__rendered_path__50__rendered_path__58
*.jpg/*.png/*.bmp
/*.jpeg
2.0 megapixels
2MB of space should be reserved for the
phone
__rendered_path__46__rendered_path__54__rendered_path__59
Custom Picture
__rendered_path__45__rendered_path__47__rendered_path__58
To upload a custom picture via web user interface:
__rendered_path__46__rendered_path__60
1.
Click on Settings->Preference.
__rendered_path__46__rendered_path__58
2.
Select Custom from the pull-down list of Screensaver Type.
__rendered_path__50__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__61
3.
In the Upload Screensaver field, click Browse to locate the custom picture from your local
__rendered_path__46__rendered_path__58
system, and then click Upload.
__rendered_path__46__rendered_path__54__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__58__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__58__rendered_path__59__rendered_path__58__rendered_path__60__rendered_path__58__rendered_path__61__rendered_path__58__rendered_path__72__rendered_path__58__rendered_path__58__rendered_path__59__rendered_path__72__rendered_path__58__rendered_path__60__rendered_path__72__rendered_path__58__rendered_path__61__rendered_path__72__rendered_path__58__rendered_path__58

Page 59
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
This field appears only if Screensaver Type is set to Custom.
Image_1020_0
__rendered_path__119
The custom picture appears in Screensaver list. You can only delete the custom picture by
clicking Del in the Screensaver field.
Note
You can only upload one custom image at a time via web user interface.
__rendered_path__120Image_1021_0
Configuring the Screen Saver
To configure the screen saver via phone user interface:
1.
Tap ->Basic->Display->Screensaver.
Image_825_0
2.
Tap the gray box of the Wait Time field, and then select the desired wait time from the
pull-down list.
3.
Tap the On or Off radio box of the Display Clock field.
4.
Tap the gray box of the Screensaver Type field and then select the desired screen saver
type from the pull-down list.
This field is configurable only if you have uploaded a custom picture via web user interface.
- If you select System.
The IP phone will automatically set the built-in picture as the screen saver.
- If you select Custom.
49

Page 60
User Guide for the SIP
Power
Note
__rendered_path__5
50
-T48S IP Phone
The IP phone will automatically set the custom pictures you upload as the screen saver,
and display these pictures alternately.
Image_1024_0
__rendered_path__103
5.
Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Image_835_0Image_1027_0
Screen saver is configurable via web user interface at the path Settings->Preference.
Saving
The power saving feature is used to turn off the backlight and screen to conserve energy. The IP
phone enters power-saving mode after it has been idle for a certain period of time.
The IP phone will exit power-saving mode if one of the following phone events occurs:
Press any key.
Tap the touch screen.
Pick up
/hang
u
p
the handset.
There is an incoming call.
A new prompt (e.g., missed call, new voice mail or forwarded call).
The
status of BLF key changes.
If the screen saver is enabled on your phone, power-saving mode will still occur.
You can configure the following power-saving settings:
Office Hour
Idle Timeout (minutes)
The office hour and idle timeout (minutes) settings work only if the power saving feature is
enabled.
__rendered_path__104Image_1025_0
Power saving is configurable via web user interface only.

Page 61
Customizing Your Phone
nding time in the office each day.
__rendered_path__3
Enabling the Power Saving
To enable the power saving feature via web user interface:
1.
Click on Settings->Power Saving.
2.
Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Power Saving.
3.
Click Confirm to accept the change.
Configuring the Office Hour
Office Hour specifies the starting time and e
To configure the office hour via web user interface:
1.
Click on Settings->Power Saving.
Image_1030_0
__rendered_path__75
51

Page 62
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
3.
Enter the starting time and ending time respectively in the desired day field.
Image_1032_0
__rendered_path__116
4.
Click Confirm to accept the change.
Configuring the Idle Timeout
Idle Timeout specifies the period of time before the IP phone enters power-saving mode. The
following three types of idle timeout you can configure:
Office Hours Idle TimeOut
: Configures the idle timeout for office hours.
Off Hours Idle TimeOu
t
: Configures the idle timeout for non
-
office hours.
User Input Extension Idle TimeOut
: Configures idle timeout that applies after you use
the IP phone (for example, press a key on the phone, pick up/hang up the handset or tap
the touch screen).
By default, the Office Hours Idle Timeout is much longer than the Off Hours Idle TimeOut. If you
use the IP phone, the idle timeout that applies (User Input Extension Idle Timeout or Office
Hours/Off Hours Idle TimeOut) is the timeout with the highest value. If the phone has an
incoming call or new message, the User Input Extension Idle TimeOut is ignored.
To configure the idle timeout via web user interface:
1.
Click on Settings->Power Saving.
2.
Enter the desired value in the Office Hours Idle TimeOut field.
The default value is 960, you can set to 1-960.
3.
Enter the desired value in the Off Hours Idle TimeOut field.
The default value is 10, you can set to 1-10.
4.
Enter the desired value in the User Input Extension Idle TimeOut field.
52

Page 63
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
The default value is 10, you can set to 1-30.
Image_1034_0
__rendered_path__130
5.
Click Confirm to accept the change.
Backlight
Backlight has three options:
Active Level: The intensity of the touch screen when the phone is active. You can change the
intensity of the touch screen. Digits (1-10) represent different intensities. 10 is the highest
intensity.
Inactive Level: The intensity of the touch screen when the phone is inactive. You can select a
low intensity or turn off the backlight.
Backlight Time: The delay time to change the intensity of the touch screen when the phone is
inactive. You can select a desired time to change the intensity or turn on the backlight
permanently.
Always On
:
Backlight is on permanently.
15s
,
30s
,
1min
,
2min
,
5min
,
10min
or
30min
: Backlight is changed
when the phone is
inactive after the designated time (in seconds).
You can also change the intensity of the LCD screen of EXP40 connected to the SIP-T48S IP
phone.
To configure the backlight via phone user interface:
Image_825_0
1. Tap ->Basic->Display->Backlight.
2. Tap the gray box of the Active Level field, and then select the desired level from the
pull-down list.
3. Tap the gray box of the Inactive Level field, and then select the desired value from the
53

Page 64
User Guide for the SIP
Contrast
__rendered_path__5
54
-T48S IP Phone
pull-down list.
4. Tap the gray box of the Backlight Time field, and then select the desired time from the
pull-down list.
Image_1036_0
__rendered_path__101
5. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Image_835_0Image_1037_0
Backlight is configurable via web user interface at the path Settings->Preference.
You can only configure the contrast of the expansion module EXP40 connected to the SIP-T48S
IP phone to a comfortable level on the phone. Ensure that the expansion module has been
connected to the phone before configuration. The intensity of contrast ranges from 1 to 10 and
the highest intensity is 10.
To configure the contrast via phone user interface:
Image_825_0
1. Tap ->Basic->Display->Contrast.
If EXP40 is not connected to the phone, the Contrast screen displays "No EXP".
2. Tap the gray box of the Contrast field, and then select the desired value from the
pull-down list.

Page 65
Customizing Your Phone
If the language of your web browser
__rendered_path__3
The default contrast level is 6.
Image_1040_0
__rendered_path__82
3. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Image_835_0Image_1042_0
Language
The default language of the phone user interface is English.
is not supported by the phone, the web user interface will use English by default. You can
change the language for the phone user interface and the web user interface respectively.
To change the language for the phone user interface:
Image_1013_0
1. Tap ->Basic->Language.
2. Tap or to scroll through the list of available languages.
Image_928_0
3. Tap the desired language.
Image_1041_0Image_930_0
__rendered_path__82
4. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change.
Text displayed on the phone user interface will change to the selected language.
55

Page 66
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
To change the language for the web user interface:
1. Select the desired language from the pull-down list at the top-right corner of web user
interface.
Image_1045_0
__rendered_path__146
Text displayed on the web user interface will change to the selected language.
Time & Date
The time and date are displayed on the right of the status bar. You can configure the phone to
obtain the time and date from the SNTP server automatically, or configure the time and date
manually. If the phone cannot obtain the time and date from the Simple Network Time Protocol
(SNTP) server, contact your system administrator for more information.
To configure the SNTP setting via phone user interface:
Image_825_0
1. Tap ->Basic->Time & Date->General.
2. Tap the gray box of the Type field, and then select SNTP Settings from the pull-down list.
3. Tap the gray box of the Time Zone field, and then select the time zone that applies to your
area from the pull-down list.
The default time zone is +8.
4. Enter the domain name or IP address of SNTP server in the NTP Server1 and NTP Server2
field respectively.
5. Tap the gray box of the Daylight Saving field, and then select the desired value from the
pull-down list.
6. Tap the gray box of the Location field, and then select the desired time zone name from
the pull-down list
56

Page 67
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
This field appears only if Daylight Saving field is selected to Automatic, and the default
time zone name is China(Beijing).
Image_1047_0
__rendered_path__93
7. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Image_835_0Image_1049_0
Note
Please refer to Appendix A Time Zones on page 249 for the list of available time zones on the IP
Image_851_0
phone.
__rendered_path__98
To configure the time and date manually via phone user interface:
Image_1013_0
1. Tap ->Basic->Time & Date->General.
2. Tap the gray box of the Type field, and then select Manual Settings from the pull-down
list.
3. Enter the specific date and time in the corresponding fields.
Image_1048_0
__rendered_path__93
4. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change.
The time and date displayed on the touch screen will change accordingly.
57

Page 68
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
To configure the date and time format via phone user interface:
Image_825_0
1. Tap ->Basic->Time & Date->Time & Date Format.
2. Tap the gray box of the Date Format field, and then select the desired date format from
the pull-down list.
3. Tap the gray box of the Time Format field, and then select the desired time format (12
Hour or 24 Hour) from the pull-down list.
Image_1054_0
__rendered_path__215
4. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Image_835_0Image_1055_0
Time and date are configurable via web user interface at the path Settings->Time & Date.
There are 7 available date formats. For example, for the date format “WWW DD MMM”, “WWW”
represents the abbreviation of the weekday, “DD” represents the two-digit day, and “MMM”
represents the first three letters of the month.
The date formats available:
__rendered_path__147
Date Format
Example (2016-09-02)
__rendered_path__130__rendered_path__147
WWW MMM DD
Fri, Sep 02
__rendered_path__130__rendered_path__148
DD-MMM-YY
02-Sep-16
__rendered_path__131__rendered_path__132__rendered_path__147
YYYY-MM-DD
2016-09-02
__rendered_path__130__rendered_path__149
DD/MM/YYYY
02/09/2016
__rendered_path__130__rendered_path__147
MM/DD/YY
09/02/16
__rendered_path__135__rendered_path__136__rendered_path__147
DD MMM YYYY
02 Sep, 2016
__rendered_path__150
WWW DD MMM
Fri, 02 Sep
__rendered_path__150
Note
You can also customize the date format. Contact your system administrator for more information.
__rendered_path__150__rendered_path__147__rendered_path__148__rendered_path__147__rendered_path__149__rendered_path__147__rendered_path__157__rendered_path__157__rendered_path__157__rendered_path__147__rendered_path__148__rendered_path__147__rendered_path__149__rendered_path__147__rendered_path__171__rendered_path__171__rendered_path__171__rendered_path__147__rendered_path__148__rendered_path__147__rendered_path__149__rendered_path__147__rendered_path__157__rendered_path__157__rendered_path__157__rendered_path__147__rendered_path__148__rendered_path__147__rendered_path__149__rendered_path__147__rendered_path__157__rendered_path__157__rendered_path__157__rendered_path__147__rendered_path__148__rendered_path__147__rendered_path__149__rendered_path__147__rendered_path__157__rendered_path__157__rendered_path__157__rendered_path__147__rendered_path__148__rendered_path__147__rendered_path__149__rendered_path__147__rendered_path__157__rendered_path__157__rendered_path__157__rendered_path__147__rendered_path__148__rendered_path__147__rendered_path__149__rendered_path__147__rendered_path__157__rendered_path__147__rendered_path__147__rendered_path__148__rendered_path__157__rendered_path__147__rendered_path__149__rendered_path__157__rendered_path__147__rendered_path__147__rendered_path__219Image_1057_0
58

Page 69
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
Administrator Password
The Advanced option is only accessible to the administrator. The default administrator password
is “admin”. For security reasons, you should change the default administrator password as soon
as possible.
To change the administrator password via phone user interface:
Image_825_0
1. Tap ->Advanced (default password: admin) ->Change Password.
2. Enter the old password in the Old PWD field.
3. Enter the new password in the New PWD field.
4. Re-enter the new password in the Confirm PWD field.
Image_1060_0
__rendered_path__130
5. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Image_835_0Image_1061_0
Administrator password is configurable via web user interface at the path Security->Password.
Key As Send
You can set the #” key or *” key to perform as a send key while dialing.
To configure key as send via phone user interface:
Image_825_0
1. Tap ->Features->General.
59

Page 70
User Guide for the SIP
Phone Lock
Note
__rendered_path__5
60
-T48S IP Phone
2. Tap the gray box of the Key As Send field, and then select # or * from the pull-down list, or
select Disabled to disable this feature.
Image_1064_0
__rendered_path__181
3. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Image_835_0Image_1065_0
Key as send is configurable via web user interface at the path Features->General Information.
You can lock your phone temporarily when you are not using it. This feature helps to protect
your phone from unauthorized use.
When the phone is locked, the following you needed to know:
LCD screen and all keys are locked except the Volume key, digit keys, # key, * key, HEADSET key
and Speakerphone key. You are only allowed to dial emergency numbers, reject incoming calls
by pressing the X key or tapping the Reject soft key, answer incoming calls by lifting the
handset, pressing the Speakerphone key, the HEADSET key, the OK key or tapping the Answer
soft key, and end the call by hanging up the handset, pressing the Speakerphone key, X key or
tapping the End Call soft key.
The emergency number setting, if desired, must be made before lock activation. For more
Image_1069_0
information, refer to Emergency Number on page 131.
__rendered_path__184
To activate the phone lock via phone user interface:
Image_825_0
1. Tap ->Basic->Phone Lock.
2. Enter the desired PIN (default PIN: 123) in the Unlock PIN field, and then tap the Save soft
key or press OK.
3. Tap the gray box of the Lock Enable field, and then select Enabled from the pull-down list.
4. Enter the desired interval of automatic phone lock in the Auto Lock field.
The default timeout is 0. It means the phone will not be automatically locked. You need to
Image_1071_0
long press to lock it immediately when the phone is idle.

Page 71
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
If it is set to other values except 0 (e.g., 5), the phone will be locked when the phone is
inactive in idle screen for the designated time (in seconds).
Image_1074_0
__rendered_path__71
5. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change.
When the phone is locked, the touch screen prompts “Phone locked.” and displays the
Image_560_0Image_1076_0
icon .
Image_1075_0
__rendered_path__71
To change the phone unlock PIN via phone user interface:
Image_1013_0
1. Tap ->Basic->Change PIN.
61

Page 72
User Guide for the SIP
__rendered_path__5
Note
Note
62
-T48S IP Phone
2. Enter the desired value in the Old PIN, New PIN and Confirm PIN field respectively.
Image_1079_0
__rendered_path__91
3. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Image_835_0Image_1087_0
The unlock PIN length must be within 15 digits.
__rendered_path__93Image_1081_0
To unlock the phone via phone user interface:
1. Tap the locked key, the touch screen prompts “Unlock PIN”.
2. Enter the desired PIN in the Unlock PIN field.
Image_1080_0
__rendered_path__91
3. Tap OK to unlock the phone.
Image_560_0Image_1083_0
The icon disappears from the touch screen.
Image_1071_0
You can long press or wait for a period of time (if configured) to lock the phone
again.
You can also unlock the phone by administrator password. When you enter the administrator
__rendered_path__103Image_1085_0
password to unlock the phone, the phone will turn to the Change PIN screen.

Page 73
Audio Settings
Volume
__rendered_path__3
Note
Customizing Your Phone
To deactivate the phone lock via phone user interface:
Image_825_0
1. Tap ->Basic->Phone Lock.
2. Enter the desired PIN (default PIN: 123) in the Unlock PIN field, and then tap the Save soft
key or press OK.
3. Tap the gray box of the Lock Enable field, and then select Disabled from the pull-down list.
Image_1090_0
__rendered_path__117
4. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change.
Phone lock is configurable via web user interface at the path Features->Phone Lock.
You can press the Volume key to adjust the ringer volume when the phone is idle or ringing.
You can also press the Volume key to adjust the receiver volume of currently engaged audio
devices (handset, speakerphone or headset) when the phone is in use.
Your system administrator can disable you to adjust the ringer volume. Contact your system
Image_803_0
administrator for more information.
__rendered_path__119
63

Page 74
User Guide for the SIP
__rendered_path__5
Note
64
-T48S IP Phone
To adjust the ringer volume when the phone is idle:
1. Press to adjust the ringer volume.
Image_1094_0Image_1096_0
__rendered_path__44
To adjust the ringer volume when the phone is ringing:
1.
Press to adjust the ringer volume.
Image_1095_0Image_1096_0
__rendered_path__44
You can also press to adjust the ringer volume when selecting a ring tone. For more
Image_1096_0
information, refer to Ring Tones on page 65.
Image_1100_0
If ringer volume is adjusted to minimum, the icon will appear on the LCD screen.
__rendered_path__47Image_1098_0Image_1102_0

Page 75
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
To adjust the volume when the phone is during a call:
1. Press to adjust the volume of currently engaged audio device (handset,
Image_1096_0
speakerphone or headset).
Image_1106_0
__rendered_path__94
Note
You can also press
to adjust the volume when playing back the recording calls. For
Image_803_0
more information, refer to Playing Back Recorded Calls on page 199.
__rendered_path__99Image_1111_0
Ring Tones
Ring tones are used to indicate incoming calls. You can select different ring tones to distinguish
different accounts registered on your phone, or to distinguish your phone from your neighbor’s.
The ring tone format must meet the following:
__rendered_path__35__rendered_path__51
Format
Single File Size
Note
__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__41__rendered_path__51
.wav
<=8MB
2MB of space should be reserved for
the phone
__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__46__rendered_path__52
To select a ring tone for the phone via phone user interface:
__rendered_path__37__rendered_path__38__rendered_path__51
1. Tap ->Basic->Sound->Ring Tones->Common.
__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__53
2. Tap or to scroll through the list of available ring tones.
__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__51
__rendered_path__42__rendered_path__43__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__36__rendered_path__47__rendered_path__48__rendered_path__54__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__55__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__52__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__54__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__52__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__54__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__51Image_825_0Image_930_0Image_928_0
65

Page 76
is selected, this account will use the ring tone selected for the phone.
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
3. Tap the desired ring tone.
4. (Optional.) Press to adjust the ringer volume.
Image_835_0Image_1116_0Image_1120_0
5. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
A ring tone for the phone is configurable via web user interface at the path
Settings->Preference->Ring Type.
To select a ring tone for the account via phone user interface:
Image_1013_0
1.
Tap ->Basic->Sound->Ring Tones.
2.
Tap the desired account.
3.
Tap or to scroll through the list of available ring tones.
Image_930_0Image_928_0
4.
Tap the desired ring tone.
If Common
5.
(Optional.) Press to adjust the ringer volume.
Image_835_0Image_1118_0Image_1096_0
6.
Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
A ring tone for the account is configurable via web user interface at the path
Account->Basic->Ring Type.
66
Image_1114_0
__rendered_path__125
Image_1115_0__rendered_path__125

Page 77
Note
Key
Tone
__rendered_path__3
Customizing Your Phone
To upload a custom ring tone for your phone via web user interface:
1. Click on Settings->Preference.
2. In the Upload Ringtone field, click Browse to locate a ring tone file (the file format must
be *.wav) from your local system.
Image_1123_0
__rendered_path__101
3. Click Upload to upload the file.
The custom ring tone appears in the pull-down list of Ring Type.
You can only delete the custom ring tone by clicking Del when selecting the desired custom
ring tone in the Ring Type field.
The priority of ring tone for an incoming call on the phone is as follows:
Image_1126_0
Contact ring tone (refer to Adding Groups) >Group ring tone (refer to Adding Groups) >Account
ring tone >Phone ring tone.
Uploading custom ring tones for your phone is configurable via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__102
If you enable key tone, the phone will produce a sound when you press the keypad.
To configure key tone via phone user interface:
Image_825_0
1.
Tap ->Basic->Sound->Key Tone.
67

Page 78
User Guide for the SIP
Contact Management
Directory
__rendered_path__5
Note
68
-T48S IP Phone
2.
Tap the On or Off radio box of the Key Tone field.
Image_1134_0
__rendered_path__139
3.
Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Image_835_0Image_1136_0
Key tone is configurable via web user interface at the path Features->Audio.
This section provides the operating instructions for managing contacts. Topics include:
Directory
Local Directory
Blacklist
Mobile Contacts
Remote Phone
B
ook
Directory provides an easy access to the frequently used lists. The lists may contain Local
Directory, History, Remote Phone Book and LDAP. You can configure the list(s) to be accessed
for the Directory soft key.
LDAP is disabled by default. For more information, contact your system administrator.
__rendered_path__143Image_1138_0
To configure the list(s) to access for the Directory soft key via web user interface:
__rendered_path__144
1. Click on Directory->Setting.
2. In the Directory block, select the desired list from the Disabled column and then
click .
Image_1135_0
The selected list appears in the Enabled column.
3. Repeat the step 2 to add more lists to the Enabled column.

Page 79
Note
__rendered_path__3
Customizing Your Phone
Image_1142_0
4. To remove a list from the Enabled column, select the desired list and then click .
Image_1145_0
5. To adjust the display order of the enabled lists, select the desired list and then click
or .
Image_1141_0Image_1146_0
__rendered_path__61
6. Click Confirm to accept the change.
The list(s) to access for the Directory soft key is configurable via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__67Image_1147_0
To view the directory list(s) via phone user interface:
Image_1143_0
1. Tap when the phone is idle.
Image_1143_0
-
If only one list is enabled for the directory, tap to view the list directly.
69

Page 80
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
-
If more than one list is enabled for the directory, tap the desired list you want to view,
and then tap OK.
Image_1150_0
__rendered_path__44
Note
If the remote phone book and LDAP are not configured in advance, you cannot view remote
Image_1155_0
phone book and LDAP lists on the phone user interface. For more information on remote phone
book, refer to Remote Phone Book on page 92. For more information on LDAP, contact your
system administrator.
__rendered_path__54
Local Directory
The built-in phone directory can store the names and phone numbers of your contacts. You can
store up to 1000 contacts and 48 groups in your phone's local directory. You can add new
groups and contacts, edit, delete or search for a contact, or simply dial a contact number from
the local directory.
Note
Local directory can be backed up
t
o
the provisioning server. For more information, contact
Image_1151_0
your system administrator.
__rendered_path__45
70

Page 81
Customizing Your Phone
Adding Groups
To add a group to the local directory
directly as there is only Local Directory
enabled
Directory
__rendered_path__3
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
:
Image_1143_0
Tap .
The IP phone enters the local directory
the directory by default.
If Local Directory is removed from the directory (refer to
Image_825_0
->Directory->All Contacts to enter the local directory.
Tap Setting.
Tap New Group.
Enter the desired group name in the highlighted field.
Image_1162_0
Tap to accept the change.
Image_1164_0
Tap to specify a ring tone for the group.
Image_1160_0
__rendered_path__77
on page 68), tap
Image_1161_0
in
__rendered_path__77
71

Page 82
User Guide for the SIP
Editing Groups
__rendered_path__5
72
-T48S IP Phone
7. Tap or to scroll through the list of available ring tones.
Image_930_0Image_928_0
8. Tap the desired ring tone.
If Auto is selected, this group will use the ring tone according to the priority: Contact ring
tone (refer to Adding Contacts) >Account ring tone (refer to Ring Tones) >Phone ring tone
(refer to Ring Tones). If a specific ring tone is selected, this group will use the ring tone
according to the priority: Contact ring tone (refer to Adding Contacts) >Group ring tone.
9. Tap OK to accept the change.
To edit a group in the local directory:
Image_1143_0
1. Tap .
The IP phone enters the local directory directly as there is only Local Directory enabled in
the directory by default.
Image_1160_0
__rendered_path__103
If Local Directory is removed from the directory (refer to Directory on page 68), tap
Image_825_0
->Directory->All Contacts to enter the local directory.
2. Tap Setting.
3. Tap the desired group.

Page 83
Customizing Your Phone
Deleting Groups
To delete a group from the local directory
directly as there is only Local Directory
enabled
Directory
__rendered_path__3
4.
5.
6.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Tap after the group name.
Image_1177_0
Edit the group name in the highlighted field.
Image_1162_0
Tap to accept the change.
:
Image_1143_0
Tap .
The IP phone enters the local directory
the directory by default.
If Local Directory is removed from the directory (refer to
Image_825_0
->Directory->All Contacts to enter the local directory.
Tap Setting.
Tap the desired group.
Image_1179_0
Tap before the group name.
Image_1176_0
__rendered_path__75
Image_1160_0
on page 68), tap
in
__rendered_path__75
73

Page 84
User Guide for the SIP
Adding Contacts
in one of the following ways
directly as there is only Local Directory
__rendered_path__5
74
-T48S IP Phone
The touch screen prompts the following warning:
5. Tap OK to confirm the deletion or Cancel to cancel.
You can add contacts to the local directory
Manually
From call history
From
a
remote phone
book
Adding Contacts Manually
To add a contact to the local directory manually:
Image_1143_0
1. Tap .
The IP phone enters the local directory
the directory by default.
Image_1182_0
:
enabled in
__rendered_path__88Image_1160_0__rendered_path__88

Page 85
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
If Local Directory is removed from the directory (refer to Directory on page 68), tap
Image_825_0
->Directory->All Contacts to enter the local directory.
2. Tap Add.
If you want add a contact to the specified contact group, you can tap the contact group first,
and then tap Add.
3. Enter the name and the office, mobile or other numbers in the corresponding fields.
Image_1189_0
__rendered_path__153
4. Tap the gray box of the Account field, and then select the desired account from the
pull-down list.
If Auto is selected, the phone will use the default account when placing calls to the contact
from the local directory.
5. Tap the gray box of the Ring field, and then select the desired ring tone from the pull-down
list.
If Auto is selected, this contact will use the ring tone according to the priority: Group ring
tone (refer to Adding Groups) >Account ring tone (refer to Ring Tones) >Phone ring tone
(refer to Ring Tones).
6. Tap the gray box of the Photo field, and then select the desired photo from the pull-down
list.
7. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change.
Note
If the contact already exists in the directory, the touch screen will prompt Contact name
Image_1192_0
existed!”.
__rendered_path__157
Adding Contacts from Call History
To add a contact to the local directory from call history:
Image_1190_0
1. Tap .
2. Tap or to turn pages.
Image_928_0
You can also press or to switch pages.
Image_930_0Image_520_0Image_522_0
75

Page 86
User Guide for the SIP
the local directory.
__rendered_path__5
76
3.
4.
5.
6.
-T48S IP Phone
Image_1197_0
Tap after the desired entry.
Tap Add.
Edit the corresponding fields.
Tap the Save soft key to accept the change.
The entry is successfully saved to
Image_1195_0
__rendered_path__43
Image_1196_0__rendered_path__43

Page 87
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
Adding Contacts from Remote Phone Book
To add a contact to the local directory from a remote phone book:
Image_825_0
1. Tap ->Directory->Remote Phone Book.
If Remote Phone Book is added to the directory (refer to Directory on page 68), tap
Image_1143_0
->Remote Phone Book to enter the remote phone book.
Image_1202_0
__rendered_path__85
2. Tap the desired remote phone book.
The phone then connects to the remote phone book and proceeds to load it. The contacts
in the remote phone book are displayed on the touch screen.
Image_1197_0
3. Tap after the desired contact in the remote phone book.
Image_1203_0
__rendered_path__85
4. Tap Add.
77

Page 88
User Guide for the SIP
Editing Contacts
__rendered_path__5
78
-T48S IP Phone
5. Edit the corresponding fields.
Image_1209_0
__rendered_path__119
6. Tap the Save soft key to save the contact to the local directory.
If the contact already exists in the local directory, the touch screen will prompt Overwrite
the original contact?. Tap OK to overwrite the original contact in the local directory or
Cancel to cancel.
For more information on remote phone book operation, refer to Remote Phone Book on page
92.
To edit a contact in the local directory:
Image_1143_0
1. Tap .
The IP phone enters the local directory directly as there is only Local Directory enabled in
the directory by default.
Image_1160_0
__rendered_path__119
If Local Directory is removed from the directory (refer to Directory on page 68), tap
Image_825_0
->Directory->All Contacts to enter the local directory.
Image_1197_0
2. Tap after the desired contact.

Page 89
Deleting Contacts
To delete a contact
__rendered_path__3
3.
4.
1.
2.
Customizing Your Phone
If the contact was added to a specified contact group, you can tap the contact group first,
Image_1197_0
and then tap after the desired contact.
Tap the desired field to edit the contact information.
Image_1213_0
__rendered_path__99
You can tap or to switch the contact you want to edit.
Image_1003_0Image_1214_0Image_992_0Image_1216_0
Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Image_839_0Image_1218_0
from the local directory:
Image_1143_0
Tap .
The IP phone enters the local directory directly as there is only Local Directory enabled in
the directory by default.
Image_1160_0
__rendered_path__99
If Local Directory is removed from the directory (refer to Directory on page 68), tap
Image_825_0
->Directory->All Contacts to enter the local directory.
Image_1197_0
Tap after the desired contact.
If the contact was added to a specified contact group, you can tap the contact group first,
Image_1197_0
and then tap after the desired contact.
79

Page 90
User Guide for the SIP
To delete all contacts:
directly as there is only Local Directory
Directory
on page
68
__rendered_path__5
3.
4.
1.
2.
3.
4.
80
-T48S IP Phone
Tap Delete.
The touch screen prompts the following warning:
Tap OK to confirm the deletion or Cancel to cancel.
Image_1143_0
Tap .
The IP phone enters the local directory
the directory by default.
If Local Directory is removed from the directory (refer to
Image_825_0
->Directory->All Contacts to enter the local directory.
Tap Setting.
Tap the checkbox of Select All.
Tap Delete.
Image_1223_0
enabled in
__rendered_path__88Image_1160_0__rendered_path__88
), tap

Page 91
Customizing Your Phone
Uploading Contact Photos
__rendered_path__3
The touch screen prompts the following warning:
5.
Tap OK to confirm the deletion or Cancel to cancel.
To upload a new custom photo for a contact via web user interface:
1. Click on Directory->Local Directory.
2. Click Browse, and then locate a photo file from your local computer.
3. Click Upload Photo to upload the photo.
Image_1225_0
__rendered_path__71Image_1226_0__rendered_path__73
81

Page 92
User Guide for the SIP
interface
__rendered_path__5
Note
82
-T48S IP Phone
You can click Delete Photo to delete the custom photo.
The phone only supports *.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg and .bmp format files.
You can only delete custom photos.
To change the custom photo for the contact via web user
1. Click on Directory->Local Directory.
2. Click the desired entry you want to edit.
3. Select the desired photo from the pull-down list of Photo.
4. Click Edit to accept the change.
__rendered_path__72Image_1229_0
:
Image_1228_0__rendered_path__71__rendered_path__73

Page 93
Placing Calls to Contacts
To place a call
__rendered_path__3
1.
2.
Customizing Your Phone
When you place a call to the contact or receive a call from the contact, the touch screen will
display the contact photo.
Image_1234_0
__rendered_path__80
to a contact from the local directory:
Image_1143_0
Tap .
The IP phone enters the local directory directly as there is only Local Directory enabled in
the directory by default.
Image_1160_0
__rendered_path__82
If Local Directory is removed from the directory (refer to Directory on page 68), tap
Image_825_0
->Directory->All Contacts to enter the local directory.
Tap the desired contact.
If the contact was added to a specified contact group, you can tap the contact group first,
and then tap the desired contact.
-
If only one number for the contact is stored in the local directory, the contact number
will be dialed out.
83

Page 94
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
-
If multiple numbers for the contact are stored in the local directory, the touch screen
will prompt:
Image_1238_0
__rendered_path__78
Tap the desired number. The selected number will be dialed out.
Searching for Contacts
To search for a contact in the local directory:
Image_1143_0
1. Tap .
The IP phone enters the local directory directly as there is only Local Directory enabled in
the directory by default.
Image_1160_0
__rendered_path__78
If Local Directory is removed from the directory (refer to Directory on page 68), tap
Image_825_0
->Directory->All Contacts to enter the local directory.
2. Tap Search.
84

Page 95
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
3. Enter a few continuous characters of the contact name or continuous numbers of the
contact number (office, mobile or other number) using the keypad.
Image_1240_0
__rendered_path__77
The contacts whose name or phone number matches the characters entered will appear on
the touch screen. You can dial from the result list.
Importing/Exporting Contact Lists
You can manage your phone’s local directory via phone user interface or web user interface. But
you can only import or export the contact list via web user interface.
To import an XML contact list file via web user interface:
1. Click on Directory->Local Directory.
2. Click Browse to locate a contact list file (the file format must be *.xml) from your local
system.
85

Page 96
User Guide for the SIP
__rendered_path__5
86
-T48S IP Phone
3. Click Import XML to import the contact list.
Image_1242_0
__rendered_path__88
The web user interface prompts "The original contact will be covered, continue?".
4. Click OK to complete importing the contact list.
To import a CSV contact list file via web user interface:
1. Click on Directory->Local Directory.
2. Click Browse to locate a contact list file (the file format must be *.csv) from your local
system.
3. (Optional.) Check the Show Title checkbox.

Page 97
__rendered_path__3
4.
5.
6.
7.
Customizing Your Phone
It will prevent importing the title of the contact information which is located in the first line
of the CSV file.
Image_1244_0
__rendered_path__67
Click Import CSV to import the contact list.
(Optional.) Mark the On radio box in the Del Old contact field.
It will delete all existing contacts while importing the contact list.
Select the contact information you want to import into the local directory from the
pull-down list of Index.
At least one item should be selected to be imported into the local directory.
Image_1245_0
__rendered_path__69
Click Import to complete importing the contact list.
87

Page 98
User Guide for the SIP
Note
Blacklist
__rendered_path__5
88
-T48S IP Phone
To export a contact list via web user interface:
1. Click on Directory->Local Directory.
2. Click Export XML (or Export CSV).
3. Click Save to save the contact list to your local system.
Importing/exporting contact lists is available via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__183Image_1021_0
The built-in phone directory can store names and phone numbers for a blacklist. You can store
up to 30 contacts; add, edit, delete or search for a contact in the blacklist directory, and even call
a contact from the blacklist directory. Incoming calls from the blacklist directory contacts will be
rejected automatically.
To add a contact to the blacklist directory manually:
Image_1143_0
1. Tap ->Blacklist or tap ->Directory->Blacklist to enter the blacklist directory.
Image_825_0
2. Tap Add.
3. Enter the contact’s name and the office, mobile or other numbers in the corresponding
fields.
Image_1247_0
__rendered_path__177
4. Tap the gray box of the Account field, and then select the desired account from the
pull-down list.
If Auto is selected, the phone will use the default account when placing calls to the contact
from the blacklist directory.
Image_835_0Image_1248_0
5. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
To add a contact to the blacklist directory from the local directory:
Image_1250_0
1. Tap .

Page 99
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
The IP phone enters the local directory directly as there is only Local Directory enabled in
the directory by default.
Image_1160_0
__rendered_path__101
If Local Directory is removed from the directory (refer to Directory on page 68), tap
Image_825_0
->Directory->All Contacts to enter the local directory.
Image_1197_0
2. Tap after the desired contact.
If the contact was added to a specified contact group, you can tap the contact group first,
Image_1197_0
and then tap after the desired contact.
3. Tap Blacklist.
The touch screen prompts the following warning:
Image_1264_0
__rendered_path__103
4. Tap OK to accept the change or Cancel to cancel.
For operating instructions on editing, deleting, placing calls to and/or searching for contacts in
the blacklist directory, refer to the operating instructions of Editing Contacts on page 78,
Deleting Contacts on page 79, Placing Calls to Contacts on page 83 and/or Searching for
Contacts on page 84.
89

Page 100
User Guide for the SIP
Mobile Contacts
Note
__rendered_path__5
90
-T48S IP Phone
You can sync mobile phone contacts temporarily when pairing and connecting your IP phone to
your Bluetooth-enabled mobile phone. The mobile phone contacts will be imported to the
mobile contacts directory on your IP phone. You can add a contact to the local directory or
blacklist directory from mobile contacts. You cannot add a contact to the mobile contacts
directory on your IP phone.
For more information, refer to Pairing and Connecting the Bluetooth-Enabled Mobile Phone on
page 105.
If you disconnect the Bluetooth-enabled mobile phone from IP phone or disable the IP phone to
Image_803_0
sync phone contacts, the mobile contacts directory will disappear.
__rendered_path__135
To add a contact to the local directory from mobile contacts directory:
Image_1143_0
1.
Tap ->Mobile Contacts.
2.
Drag up and down to view the list of mobile contacts.
Image_1197_0
3.
Tap after the desired entry.
4.
Tap Add.
5.
Edit the corresponding fields.
Image_1268_0
__rendered_path__134
6.
Tap the Save soft key to accept the change.
The entry is successfully saved to the local directory.
To add a contact to the blacklist directory from the mobile contacts directory:
Image_1143_0
1.
Tap ->Mobile Contacts.
2.
Drag up and down to view the list of mobile contacts.
Image_1197_0
3.
Tap after the desired contact.
4.
Tap Blacklist.

Page 101
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
5.
Edit the corresponding fields.
Image_1274_0
__rendered_path__74
6.
Tap the Save soft key to accept the change.
The entry is successfully saved to the blacklist directory.
For operating instructions on placing calls to and/or searching for contacts in the mobile
contacts directory, refer to the operating instructions of Placing Calls to Contacts on page 83
and/or Searching for Contacts on page 84.
Note
The contact that is added to the local directory or blacklist directory will not disappear, after you
Image_851_0
disconnect the mobile phone from the IP phone.
__rendered_path__76
To update the mobile contacts directory:
Image_1143_0
1.
Tap ->Mobile Contacts.
2.
Tap Update.
The touch screen will prompt “Updating, please wait…”, you need to authorize the IP
phone to sync the contacts temporarily on the mobile phone.
Image_1275_0
__rendered_path__74
91

Page 102
User Guide for the SIP
Remote Phone
Configuring an Access URL
__rendered_path__5
Note
Note
92
-T48S IP Phone
After updating, the contacts you add, edit, delete on the mobile phone will sync to the
mobile contacts directory.
If you disconnect the mobile phone from IP phone when the IP phone is updating the mobile
Image_1284_0
phone book, the touch screen will prompt “Fail to download mobile contacts!”, and the mobile
contacts directory will disappear from the IP phone directory list.
__rendered_path__130
Book
You can add contacts to the local directory, search for a contact, or simply dial a contact number
from the remote phone book.
You can configure your new phone to access up to 5 remote phone books. For the access URL of
the remote phone book, contact your system administrator.
For operating instructions on placing calls to and/or searching for contacts in the remote phone
book, refer to the operating instructions of Placing Calls to Contacts on page 83 and/or
Searching for Contacts on page 84.
To configure an access URL for a remote phone book via web user interface:
1. Click on Directory->Remote Phone Book.
2. Enter the access URL in the Remote URL field.
3. Enter the name in the Display Name field.
4. Enter the desired refresh period in the Update Time Interval(Seconds) field.
The default value is 21600.
Image_1281_0
__rendered_path__112
5. Click Confirm to accept the change.
An access URL for a remote phone book is configurable via web user interface only.
Image_1282_0
The size of a remote phone book file should be less than 1.5M. We recommend you to download
__rendered_path__113
less than 5000 remote contacts from the remote server.

Page 103
Customizing Your Phone
. The contacts
__rendered_path__3
Accessing the Remote Phone Book
To access your remote phone book via phone user interface:
Image_1013_0
1. Tap ->Directory->Remote Phone Book.
If Remote Phone Book is added to the directory (refer to Directory on page 68), tap
Image_1143_0
->Remote Phone Book to enter the remote phone book.
2. Tap the desired remote phone book.
The phone then connects to the remote phone book and proceeds to load it
in the remote phone book are displayed on the touch screen.
Image_1289_0
__rendered_path__107
You can tap to back to the previous interface.
Image_835_0Image_1291_0
Incoming/Outgoing Call Lookup
To configure incoming/outgoing call lookup and update time interval via web user
interface:
1. Click on Directory->Remote Phone Book.
2. Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Incoming/Outgoing Call Lookup.
3. Click Confirm to accept the change.
Image_1290_0
__rendered_path__109
93

Page 104
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Call History Management
The SIP-T48S IP phone maintains call history lists of Missed Calls, Placed Calls, Received Calls
and Forwarded Calls. Each call history list supports up to 100 entries. You can view call history,
place a call, add a contact or delete an entry from the call history list.
History record feature is enabled by default, if you don’t want to save the call history, you can
disable the feature.
Viewing History Records
To view call history:
Image_1190_0
1. Tap .
The touch screen displays all call records.
2. Tap or to turn pages.
Image_520_0Image_522_0Image_928_0
You can also press or to switch pages.
Image_930_0
You can tap Missed Calls, Placed Calls, Received Calls or Forwarded Calls to view entries
in each call list directly.
Image_1197_0
3. Tap after the desired entry.
The detailed information of the entry appears on the touch screen.
Image_1294_0
__rendered_path__127
Placing a Call from History Records
To place a call from the call history list:
Image_1190_0
1. Tap .
The touch screen displays all call records.
2. Tap or to turn pages.
Image_520_0Image_928_0
You can also press or to switch pages.
Image_522_0Image_930_0
94

Page 105
Adding a Con
To add a contact
__rendered_path__3
3.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Customizing Your Phone
You can tap Missed Calls, Placed Calls, Received Calls or Forwarded Calls to view entries
in each call list directly.
Image_1296_0
__rendered_path__97
Tap the desired entry.
tact to the Local Directory/Blacklist
to the local directory (or blacklist directory) from the call history list:
Image_1190_0
Tap .
The touch screen displays all call records.
Tap or to turn pages.
Image_520_0Image_522_0Image_928_0
You can also press or to switch pages.
Image_930_0
You can tap Missed Calls, Placed Calls, Received Calls or Forwarded Calls to view entries
in each call list directly.
Image_1197_0
Tap after the desired entry.
Tap Add (or Blacklist).
Image_1297_0
__rendered_path__97
Enter the desired values in the corresponding fields.
95

Page 106
local directory and/or blacklist, refer to
on page
Received Calls
or
Forwarded Calls
to view entries
Received Calls
or
Forwarded Calls
to view entries
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
6. Tap the Save soft key.
For more information on
and/or Blacklist on page 88.
Deleting History Records
To delete an entry from the call history list:
Image_1190_0
1. Tap .
The touch screen displays all call records.
2. Tap or to turn pages.
Image_520_0Image_928_0
You can also press or to switch pages.
Image_522_0Image_930_0
You can tap Missed Calls, Placed Calls,
in each call list directly.
Image_1197_0
3. Tap after the desired entry.
4. Tap Delete.
The touch screen prompts “Delete the record?”.
5. Tap OK to confirm the deletion or Cancel to cancel.
To delete all entries from the call history list:
Image_1190_0
1. Tap .
The touch screen displays all call records.
2. Tap or to turn pages.
Image_520_0Image_522_0Image_930_0Image_928_0
You can also press or to switch pages.
You can tap Missed Calls, Placed Calls,
in each call list directly.
3. Tap Setting.
96
Image_1303_0
Local Directory
__rendered_path__151
70

Page 107
Customizing Your Phone
“Delete all the call records?”.
__rendered_path__3
4. Tap the checkbox of Select All.
5. Tap Delete.
The touch screen prompts
6. Tap OK to confirm the deletion or Cancel to cancel.
Disabling History Record
To disable history record via phone user interface:
Image_856_0
1. Tap ->Features->General.
Image_1305_0
__rendered_path__63
Image_1306_0
__rendered_path__63
97

Page 108
User Guide for the SIP
Search Source List in Dialing
__rendered_path__5
Note
98
-T48S IP Phone
2. Tap the Off radio box of the History Record field.
Image_1308_0
__rendered_path__84
3. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Image_835_0Image_1310_0
You can search for a contact from the desired lists when the phone is on the dialing screen. The
lists can be Local Directory, History, Remote Phone Book and LDAP.
LDAP is disabled by default. For more information, contact your system administrator.
__rendered_path__89Image_1138_0
To configure search source list in dialing via web user interface:
__rendered_path__90
1. Click on Directory->Setting.
2. In the Search Source List In Dialing block, select the desired list from the Disabled column
and click .
Image_1309_0
The selected list appears in the Enabled column.
3. Repeat the step 2 to add more lists to the Enabled column.
4. (Optional.) To remove a list from the Enabled column, select the desired list and then
click .
Image_1142_0

Page 109
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
5. To adjust the display order of the enabled list, select the desired list, and click
Image_1316_0
or .
Image_1313_0Image_1315_0
__rendered_path__76
6. Click Confirm to accept the change.
The touch screen will display search results in the adjusted order.
Note
Search source list in dialing is configurable via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__81Image_1021_0
To search for an entry in the enabled search source lists:
1. Pick up the handset, press the Speakerphone key or tap the line key.
2. Enter a few continuous characters of the entry’s name or continuous numbers of the entry’s
phone number (office, mobile or other number).
The entries in the enabled search source lists whose name or phone number matches the
characters entered will appear on the touch screen.
You can tap the desired entry to place a call to the entry.
Image_1314_0
__rendered_path__78
99

Page 110
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
System Customizations
Headset Use
If you want to use a wired headset, physically connect your headset to the phone and activate
the headset mode for use. For more information on physically connecting a headset, refer to
Phone Installation on page 18.
If you want to use a wireless headset, insert the Bluetooth USB dongle BT40 into the USB port at
the back of the IP phone. For more information on using a Bluetooth headset, refer to Bluetooth
on page 102.
This section provides an introduction to wired headset use.
Note
If both a Bluetooth headset and a wired headset are connected, only the Bluetooth headset can
Image_1328_0
be used.
To use headset, make sure the headset mode is enabled. Contact your system administrator for
more information.
__rendered_path__153
Headset Mode Activation/Deactivation
To activate the headset mode:
Image_1330_0
1. Press on the phone.
Image_542_0
The HEADSET key LED illuminates solid green, and the icon appears on the status bar
of the touch screen.
When you tap the line key or the Answer soft key to answer an incoming call, the call is
connected to your headset automatically. For more information on using the headset to
answer a call, refer to Answering Calls on page 138.
With the handset on-hook, enter the desired number and tap Send, the phone will then
place a call using the headset automatically. For more information on using the headset to
place a call, refer to Placing Calls on page 136.
To deactivate the headset mode:
Image_1330_0
1. Press again on the phone.
Image_1326_0
The HEADSET key LED goes out, and the icon disappears from the touch screen.
Headset Prior
You can use headset in priority when headset prior feature is enabled. This feature is especially
useful for permanent or full-time headset users.
100

Page 111
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
To enable headset prior via web user interface:
1. Click on Features->General Information.
2. Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Headset Prior.
Image_1333_0
__rendered_path__89
3. Click Confirm to accept the change.
To use headset prior, you should activate the headset mode in advance:
1. Physically connect the headset.
Image_1330_0
2. Press to activate the headset mode.
Note
If headset prior is enabled, t
he headset
mode will not be deactivated until you press the
Image_1334_0
HEADSET key again.
If headset prior is disabled, the headset mode can be deactivated by pressing the Speakerphone
key or the HEADSET key.
Headset prior is configurable via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__90
Dual Headset
You can use two headsets when dual headset feature is enabled. To use this feature, you must
physically connect headsets to the headset jack and handset jack respectively. Once the phone
connects to a call, the headset connected to the headset jack will have full-duplex capabilities,
while the one connected to the handset jack will only be able to listen.
101

Page 112
User Guide for the SIP
Bluetooth
__rendered_path__5
Note
Note
102
-T48S IP Phone
To enable dual headset via web user interface:
1. Click on Features->General Information.
2. Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Dual Headset.
Image_1337_0
__rendered_path__99
3. Click Confirm to accept the change.
Image_1338_0
Dual headset is configurable via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__100
The SIP-T48S IP phone supports Bluetooth. Bluetooth enables low-bandwidth wireless
connections within a range of 10 meters (32 feet). The best performance is in the 1 to 2 meters
(3 to 6 feet) range.
You can activate/deactivate the Bluetooth mode on the phone, and then pair and connect the
Bluetooth device (Bluetooth headset or Bluetooth-Enabled mobile phone) with your phone. If
you connect your Bluetooth-Enabled mobile phone to the IP phone, you can synchronize the
mobile contacts to the IP phone. You can scan and pair up to 60 Bluetooth devices with your
phone. However, only one device can be connected at a time. You can also disconnect and
delete your Bluetooth device from the phone.
Ensure that the Bluetooth USB dongle BT40 is properly connected to the USB port at the back of
Image_1342_0
the IP phone. For more information, refer to Phone Installation on page 18.
Not all mobile phone supports this function. Contact your system administrator for more
information.
__rendered_path__108

Page 113
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
The Bluetooth device will disconnect from your phone in the following introduced scenarios:
D
eactivate the Bluetooth mode from
the
IP
phone
.
Connect a
nother
Bluetooth
device
to
the
IP
phone
.
D
eactivate the Bluetooth mode from
Blu
etooth device
.
T
he distance between
Bluetooth
device
and
IP
phone is out of the range of 10 meters
.
Activating the Bluetooth Mode
When you insert Bluetooth USB dongle BT40 into the USB port at the back of the IP phone, the
touch screen prompts “Bluetooth adapter is added, scanning Bluetooth devices right now?”. You
can tap OK to activate Bluetooth mode directly and then scan Bluetooth devices automatically.
Image_1345_0
__rendered_path__126
To activate the Bluetooth mode via phone user interface:
Image_856_0
1. Tap ->Basic->Bluetooth.
2. Tap the On radio box of the Bluetooth field.
The IP phone scans the available Bluetooth devices automatically and displays the
Bluetooth device information (device name and MAC address).
Image_1346_0
__rendered_path__126
Bluetooth mode is configurable via web user interface at the path Features->Bluetooth.
103

Page 114
User Guide for the SIP
Pairing and Conne
__rendered_path__5
104
-T48S IP Phone
cting the Bluetooth Headset
Before you pair a Bluetooth headset, check the indicator on the Bluetooth headset to make sure
that the Bluetooth headset is discoverable. For more information, refer to the documentation
from the Bluetooth headset manufacturer.
To pair and connect your Bluetooth headset to your IP phone:
Image_856_0
1. Tap ->Basic->Bluetooth.
2. Activate the Bluetooth mode.
3. Tap the desired Bluetooth headset.
The Bluetooth headset is then automatically connected to your IP phone. The touch screen
displays as below:
Image_1348_0
__rendered_path__63
The Bluetooth icon appears on the touch screen.
Image_1349_0Image_1350_0
__rendered_path__63
With the Bluetooth headset paired and connected, you can use the Bluetooth headset to
place and answer calls. For more information, refer to the documentation from the
Bluetooth headset manufacturer.

Page 115
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
Pairing and Connecting the Bluetooth-Enabled Mobile Phone
Before you pair a Bluetooth-Enabled mobile phone, check the Bluetooth mode on the
Bluetooth-Enabled mobile phone to make sure that the Bluetooth-Enabled mobile phone is
discoverable.
To pair and connect the Bluetooth-Enabled mobile phone with your phone:
Image_856_0
1.
Tap ->Basic->Bluetooth.
2.
Activate the Bluetooth mode.
3.
Tap the desired Bluetooth-Enabled mobile phone.
The IP phone will prompt the connect passkey on the touch screen, as shown below:
Image_1353_0
__rendered_path__107
4.
Make sure your mobile phone is showing the same passkey, and then tap OK on both
mobile phone and IP phone.
Then the IP phone will prompt “Would you like to sync phone contacts temporarily?”.
Image_1354_0
__rendered_path__107
5.
(Optional.) Tap OK to enable the mobile contacts sync feature and the IP phone will sync
the mobile contacts temporarily, or tap Cancel to disable mobile contacts sync feature and
the IP phone will not sync the mobile contacts. If you tap Cancel, you can also manually
enable the mobile contacts sync feature on the IP phone. For more information, refer to
105

Page 116
User Guide for the SIP
Syncing the Mobile Contacts to the
__rendered_path__5
Note
106
-T48S IP Phone
Syncing the Mobile Contacts to the IP Phone on page 106.
If you enable mobile contacts sync feature, you also need to authorize the IP phone to sync
the contacts temporarily on the mobile phone.
Once the connection has completed successfully, the touch screen displays as below:
Image_1360_0
__rendered_path__94
The Bluetooth icon displays on the status bar.
Image_575_0
IP Phone
If you disable the mobile contacts sync feature when you pair and connect the
Bluetooth-Enabled mobile phone to the IP phone (refer to Pairing and Connecting the
Bluetooth-Enabled Mobile Phone), you need to enable the mobile contacts sync feature
manually when you want to sync the mobile contacts to the IP phone.
Not all mobile phones support syncing the mobile contacts to IP phone. For more information,
Image_1361_0
contact your system administrator.
__rendered_path__95
To enable the mobile contacts sync feature manually:
Image_856_0
1.
Tap ->Basic->Bluetooth.
Image_861_0
2.
Tap after the connected Bluetooth-Enabled mobile phone name.

Page 117
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
3.
Tap the On radio box in the Mobile Contacts Sync field.
Image_1366_0
__rendered_path__65
You need to authorize the IP phone to sync the contacts temporarily on the mobile phone
first, and then the mobile contacts directory will appear in the IP phone directory list.
To view your mobile contacts on the IP phone:
Image_856_0
1.
Tap ->Directory->Mobile Contacts.
The contacts in the mobile phone will display in the Mobile Contacts list.
Image_1367_0
__rendered_path__67
For operating instructions on adding contact to local/blacklist directory from mobile contacts
directory, update the mobile contacts directory or placing calls to and searching for contacts in
the mobile contacts directory, refer to the operating instructions of Mobile Contacts on page 90.
Note
If the mobile phone
disconnects
from the
IP
phone while
the IP phone is
loading the
mobile
Image_1368_0
contacts, the LCD screen will prompt “Fail to download mobile contacts!”, and the mobile
contacts directory will not appear in the IP phone directory list.
__rendered_path__68
107

Page 118
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Viewing the Bluetooth Device Information
To view the Bluetooth device information:
Image_856_0
1.
Tap ->Basic->Bluetooth.
2.
You can view the Bluetooth device information from the Bluetooth Device(s) field.
Device Name
: the name of the Bluetooth headset.
MAC
: the MAC address of the Bluetooth headset.
Connection
: the connection status of Bluetooth headset with your phone.
Image_1360_0
__rendered_path__111
Editing Device Information
To edit device information via phone user interface:
Image_856_0
1. Tap ->Basic->Bluetooth.
2. Tap the Edit My Device Information field.
The touch screen displays the device name and MAC address. The MAC address cannot be
edited.
3. Enter the desired name in the Device Name field.
The default device name is Yealink T48S.
Image_1371_0
__rendered_path__113
108

Page 119
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
4. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Image_835_0Image_1373_0
The preconfigured Bluetooth device name will display in scanning list of other devices.
Disconnecting the Bluetooth Device
You can disconnect the Bluetooth device from your phone. After you disconnect the Bluetooth
device, it will still remain paired and be displayed in the Bluetooth Device(s) list. So you can
easily connect it to your IP phone again.
To disconnect your Bluetooth device from your phone:
Image_856_0
1. Tap ->Basic->Bluetooth.
2. Tap the connected Bluetooth device.
Image_1360_0
__rendered_path__118
The Bluetooth device is disconnected. To connect it to your IP phone again, tap the
Bluetooth device again.
Deleting the Paired Bluetooth Device
You can delete your Bluetooth device from your phone. When you delete the Bluetooth device,
it will disappear from the Bluetooth Device(s) list. To connect it to your IP phone again, you
need to scan it first, and then connect it again.
To delete your Bluetooth device from your phone:
Image_856_0
1. Tap ->Basic->Bluetooth.
Image_877_0
2. Tap after the Bluetooth device, and then select Delete from the prompt list.
109

Page 120
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
The touch screen prompts the following warning “Delete selected item?”.
Image_1376_0
__rendered_path__121
3. Tap OK to confirm the deletion or Cancel to cancel.
You can also delete all devices by tapping the Delete All soft key.
Deactivating the Bluetooth Mode
To deactivate the Bluetooth mode via phone user interface:
Image_856_0
1. Tap ->Basic->Bluetooth.
2. Tap the Off radio box of the Bluetooth field.
Image_1377_0
__rendered_path__123
The Bluetooth device won’t be connected anymore, but it will still be paired. When you activate
the Bluetooth mode again, the paired Bluetooth device will appear in the Bluetooth Device(s)
list.
Bluetooth mode is configurable via web user interface at the path Features->Bluetooth.
DSS Keys
There are three types of DSS keys: Line Keys, Programable Keys and Ext Keys. Details will be
110

Page 121
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
introduced in the following. The SIP-T48S IP phone supports 29 line keys and 13 programable
keys.
Line Keys
You can assign predefined functionalities to line keys. You can also define a label for a line key
feature which will appear on the touch screen. Line keys allow you to quickly access features
such as recall and voice mail. The line key can indicate the monitored status when the line keys
are assigned with particular features, such as BLF. The default key type of line key 1-16 is Line.
The default key type of line key 17-29 is N/A, which indicates that this line key provides no
functionality until configuration.
To assign functionality to a line key via phone user interface:
Image_869_0
1. Tap ->Features->DSS Keys.
2. Tap the desired line key.
3. Select the desired key type from the Type field.
4. (Optional.) Select the desired key event type from the Key Type field.
5. (Optional.) Select the desired line from the Account ID field.
6. (Optional.) Enter the string that will appear on the touch screen in the Label field.
7. (Optional.) Enter the corresponding value in the Value field.
8. (Optional.) Enter the corresponding value in the Extension field.
Image_835_0Image_1379_0
9. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
You can also tap More on the idle screen, and then tap or long tap the desired line key to assign
functionality to it.
Line key is configurable via web user interface at the path Dsskey->Line Key.
Note
When the phone is idle, you can also long tap the line key to configure it directly on the phone.
__rendered_path__231Image_1381_0
Label Length
You can specify labels for some key features, which will be displayed on the idle touch screen. If
the length of the label exceeds the maximum display length, the phone will only display the first
few characters. You can configure the phone to display more characters in two lines via label
length feature.
111

Page 122
User Guide for the SIP
__rendered_path__5
112
-T48S IP Phone
The following figure shows an example of label display when the label length feature is set to
Extended:
Image_1384_0
__rendered_path__33
The following figure shows an example of label display when the label length feature is set to
Default:
Image_1385_0
__rendered_path__33
To configure the label length via web user interface:
1.
Click on Dsskey->Line Key.

Page 123
Label Length
Label length feature is configurable via web user interface only.
Line Key Features
Line
subchapters
__rendered_path__3
2.
3.
Note
Select the desired value from the pull-down list of
Image_1387_0
Click Confirm to accept the change.
__rendered_path__122
__rendered_path__123Image_1388_0
key features are explained in the following
Line
Speed Dial
Voice Mail
Direct Pickup
Group Pickup
DTMF
Prefix
Local Group
XML Group
XML Browser
LDAP
SMS
Conference
Forward
Transfer
Hold
DND
Customizing Your Phone
.
in detail:
113

Page 124
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Group Listening
Zero
T
ouch
URL
Phone Lock
Directory
For the features not listed above, refer to Basic Call Features on page 135 and Advanced Phone
Features on page 185. For more information, contact your system administrator.
Line
You can use this key feature to accept incoming calls, place active calls on hold or resume a
held call. It performs in the same way as a hard line key.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Line
)
Account ID
(the account this f
eature
will be applied to)
Label
(key label displayed on the touch screen)
Usage: When the phone receives an incoming call,
1. Tap the Line key to accept the incoming call.
2. Tap the Line key to place a new call and the active call is placed on hold.
3. Tap the Line key again to resume the held call.
Speed Dial
You can use this key feature to speed up dialing the numbers frequently used or hard to
remember.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Speed
Dial
)
Account ID
(the account this f
eature
will be applied to)
Label
(key label displayed on the touch screen)
Value
(the number you
want to dial out)
Usage: Tap the Speed Dial key to dial out the number specified in the Value field, using the
account selected from the Account ID field.
Voice Mail
You can use this key feature to quickly connect voice mail. For more information, refer to Voice
Mail on page 244.
114

Page 125
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
Dependencies:
Type
(
Key Event
)
Key Type
(
Voice Mail
)
Account ID
(the account this f
eature
will be applied to)
Label
(key label displayed on the touch screen)
Value
(the voice mail access code)
Usage: Tap the Voice Mail key to dial out the voice mail access code. Then follow the voice
prompt to listen to the voice mails.
Direct Pickup
You can use this key feature to answer someone else’s incoming call on the phone.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Key Event
)
Key Type
(
Pick
U
p
)
Account ID
(the account this f
eature
will be applied to)
Label
(key label displayed on the touch screen)
Value
(the
directed call
pickup code followed by the
target
phone number)
Usage: Tap the Direct Pickup key on your phone when the target phone number receives an
incoming call. The call is then answered on your phone.
Group Pickup
You can use this key feature to answer incoming calls in a group that is associated with their
own group.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Key Event
)
Key Type
(
G
roup
Pick
U
p
)
Account ID
(the account this f
eature
will be applied to)
Label
(key label displayed on the touch screen)
Value
(the group
call
pickup code)
Usage: Tap the Group Pickup key on your phone when a phone number in the group receives
an incoming call. The call is answered on your phone.
DTMF
You can use this key feature to send the specification of arbitrary key sequences via DTMF.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Key Event
)
Key Type
(
DTMF
)
Label
(key label displayed on the touch screen)
Value
(
DTMF
sequence
)
Usage: Tap the DTMF key during an active call to send the key sequence specified in the Value
field.
Note
DTMF sequence can only contain “0-9”, “*”, “#” and “A-E”.
__rendered_path__214Image_1388_0
115

Page 126
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Prefix
You can use this key feature to add a specified prefix number before the dialing number.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Key Event
)
Key Type
(
Prefix
)
Label
(key label displayed on the touch screen)
Value
(
the
prefix number)
Usage: Tap the Prefix key when the phone is idle, the phone will then enter the dialing screen
and display the prefix number that you specified in the Value field. You can enter the
remaining digits and then dial out.
Local Group
You can use this key feature to quickly access a contact group in the local directory. For more
information, refer to Local Directory on page 70.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Key Event
)
Key Type
(
Local Group
)
Local Group
(
the
contact group
name you want to access
)
Label
(key label displayed on the touch screen)
Usage: Tap the Local Group key to access the contact group specified in the Local Group field.
XML Group
You can use this key feature to quickly access a remote group in your remote phone book. You
should configure a remote phone book in advance. For more information, refer to Remote
Phone Book on page 92.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Key Event
)
Key Type
(
XML
Group
)
PhoneBook Name
(the
remote group
n
ame you want to access if the remote
phone book is configured)
Label
(key label displayed on the touch screen)
Usage: Tap the XML Group key to access the remote group specified in the PhoneBook Name
field.
XML Browser
You can use this key feature to quickly access an XML browser. The XML browser allows you to
create custom services which meet your functional requirements on the server. You can
customize practical applications, such as weather report, stock information, Google search, etc.
Dependencies
:
Type
(
Key Event
)
Key Type
(
XML
Browser
)
Label
(key label displayed on the touch screen)
Value
(the access URL for XML browser)
Usage: Tap the XML Browser key to access the XML browser specified in the Value field.
116

Page 127
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
LDAP
You can use this key feature to quickly access a LDAP search screen.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Key Event
)
Key Type
(
LDAP
)
Label
(key label displayed on the touch screen)
Usage:
1. Tap the LDAP key to access the LDAP search screen.
2. Enter a few continuous characters of the contact name or continuous numbers of the
contact number using the keypad.
The contacts whose name or phone number matches the characters entered will appear on
the touch screen.
Note
LDAP is disabled by default. For more information, contact your system administrator.
__rendered_path__218Image_1414_0
SMS
__rendered_path__219
You can use this key feature to quickly access text message. For more information, refer to Short
Message Service (SMS) on page 240.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Key Event
)
Key Type
(
SMS
)
Label
(key label displayed on the touch screen)
Usage: Tap the SMS key when the phone is idle to access text message.
Conference
You can use this key feature to set up a conference call. For more information, refer to
Conference on page 168.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Key Event
)
Key Type
(
Conference
)
Label
(key label displayed on the
touch screen)
Value
(
the
number
you want to add to the conference
)
Usage: Tap the Conference key during an active call to set up a conference with the number
specified in the Value field.
Note
If the Value field is left blank, the Conference key performs the same as the Conference soft
Image_732_0
key during a call.
__rendered_path__202
Forward
__rendered_path__203
You can use this key feature to forward an incoming call to someone else. For more information,
refer to Call Forward on page 155.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Key Event
)
117

Page 128
User Guide for the SIP
__rendered_path__5
Note
Note
118
-T48S IP Phone
Key Type
(
Forward
)
Label
(key label displayed on the touch screen)
Value
(
the
number
you want to forward to
)
Usage: Tap the Forward key to forward an incoming call to the number specified in the Value
field.
If the Value field is left blank, the Forward key performs the same as Forward when receiving
Image_1421_0
an incoming call.
__rendered_path__242
Transfer
__rendered_path__243
When there is an active call on the phone, you can use this key feature to handle the call
differently depending on the transfer mode assigned to the DSS key.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Key Event
)
Key Type
(
Transfer
)
Label
(key label displayed on the
touch screen)
Value
(
the
number
you want to
transfer
to
)
Usage:
When the transfer mode on DSS key is
Blind Transfer
,
tap
the
Transfer
key to
complete
the blind transfer to the number specified in the Value field.
When the transfer mode on DSS key is
Attended Transfer
,
tap
the
Transfer
key
to dial
out the number specified in the Value field, and then perform the attended or
semi-attended transfer.
When the transfer mode on DSS key is
New Call
,
tap the
Transfer
key
to place a new call
to the number specified in the Value field.
Transfer mode via DSS key is configurable via web user interface at the path
Image_1419_0
Features->Transfer->Transfer Mode via Dsskey.
If the Value field is left blank, the Transfer key performs the same as the TRANSFER key or the
Transfer soft key during a call. For more information, refer to Call Transfer on page 165.
__rendered_path__208
Hold
__rendered_path__209
You can use this key feature to place an active call on hold or retrieve a held call.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Key Event
)
Key Type
(
Hold
)
Label
(key label displayed on the touch screen)
Usage:
1. Tap the Hold key during an active call to place the call on hold.
2. Tap the Hold key again to retrieve the held call.

Page 129
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
DND
You can use this key feature to activate or deactivate DND. You can also use this key feature to
access the custom DND screen. For more information, refer to Do Not Disturb (DND) on page
150.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Key Event
)
Key Type
(
D
ND
)
Label
(key label displayed on the touch screen)
Usage:
When DND is in phone mode:
1. Tap the DND key to activate DND.
2. Tap the DND key again to deactivate DND.
When DND is in custom mode:
1. Tap the DND key to access the custom DND screen. You can activate or deactivate DND for
one or all accounts.
Group Listening
You can use this key feature to activate the Speakerphone and Handset/Headset mode at the
same time. It is suitable for group conversations which have more than one person at one side.
You are able to speak and listen through the handset/headset, while the others nearby can only
listen through the speaker.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Key Event
)
Key Type
(
Group Listening
)
Label
(key label displayed o
n the touch screen)
Usage:
1. During a call, tap the Group Listening key to activate the group listening mode.
You can then speak and listen through the handset/headset, while other people at your
side can only listen through the speaker at the same time.
2. Tap the Group Listening key again to deactivate the group listening mode.
Zero Touch
You can use this key feature to quickly configure auto provision and network parameters.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Key Event
)
Key Type
(
Zero
T
ouch
)
Label
(key label displayed on
the touch screen)
Usage:
1. Tap the Zero Touch key to access the zero touch screen.
2. Tap the OK soft key within a few seconds.
3. Configure the network parameters in the corresponding fields.
119

Page 130
User Guide for the SIP
Note
Programable Keys
120
__rendered_path__5
-T48S IP Phone
4. Tap the Next soft key.
5. Configure the auto provision parameters in the corresponding fields.
6. Tap the Next soft key.
The phone will reboot to update configurations.
URL
You can use this key feature to trigger the phone to send an HTTP GET request containing a
specific URL.
Dependencies:
Type
(
URL
)
Label
(key label displayed o
n the touch screen)
URL
(
the URL contained in the HTTP GET request
)
Usage: Tap the URL key to trigger the phone to send an HTTP GET request containing the URL
specified in the URL field.
Phone Lock
Image_1071_0
You can use this key feature to immediately lock your phone instead of long pressing . For
more information, refer to Phone Lock on page 60.
Dependencies:
T
ype
(
Key Event
)
Key Type
(
Phone Lock
)
Label
(key label displayed on the touch screen)
Usage: When the Phone Lock feature is enabled, tap the Phone Lock key to immediately lock
Image_1071_0
your phone instead of long pressing .
Directory
You can use this key feature to easily access frequently used lists. For more information, refer to
Directory on page 68.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Key Event
)
Key Type
(
Directory
)
Label
(key label displayed on
the touch screen)
Usage: Tap the Directory key to immediately access frequently used lists.
The Directory key performs the same function as the Directory soft key when the phone is idle.
__rendered_path__209Image_1431_0
__rendered_path__210
You can customize the soft keys, navigation keys and function keys.
To customize programable keys via web user interface:
1. Click on Dsskey->Programable Key.

Page 131
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
2. Customize specific features for these keys.
Image_1434_0
__rendered_path__130
3. (Optional.) Enter the string that will appear on the touch screen in the Label field.
Label is configurable only when customizing SoftKey (1-4).
4. Click Confirm to accept the change.
Note
Programable keys are configurable via web user interface only.
Image_1435_0
The MUTE key cannot be customized when keep mute feature is enabled. For more information,
contact your system administrator.
__rendered_path__131
You can click Reset To Default to reset custom settings to defaults.
Then you can press the keys on the phone to perform the features you configured.
For example:
Switch Account Up
You can use this key feature to change the default account.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Switch Account Up
)
Usage: Press the Switch Account Up key to scroll up the account list to select the desired
default account.
Switch Account Down
You can use this key feature to change the default account.
Dependencies:
Type
(
Switch Account
Down
)
Usage: Press the Switch Account Down key to scroll down the account list to select the desired
default account.
121

Page 132
User Guide for the SIP
Keys
Account
Account Registration
__rendered_path__5
Ext
122
-T48S IP Phone
If EXP40 is connected to the phone, you can customize features for ext keys.
To customize ext keys via phone user interface:
1. Long press the desired ext key on EXP40.
The IP phone LCD screen will enter the user setting interface of this key.
2. Customize the specific feature for this key on the IP phone.
Image_835_0Image_1441_0
3. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Ext keys are configurable via web user interface at the path Dsskey->Ext Key.
For more information, refer to
Yealink EXP40 User Guide
.
Management
You can register one or multiple accounts on the SIP-T48S IP phone. You can also configure
each line key to associate with an account or configure multiple line keys to associate with an
account.
To register an account via phone user interface:
Image_869_0
1. Tap ->Advanced (default password: admin) ->Account.
2. Tap the desired account.
3. Tap the gray box of the Activation field, and then select Enabled from the pull-down list.
4. Enter the desired value in the Label, Display Name, Register Name, User Name,
Password and SIP Server1/2 field respectively. Contact your system administrator for
more information.
5. If you use the outbound proxy servers, do the following:
1)
Tap the gray box of the Outbound Status field, and then select Enabled from the
pull-down list.
2)
Enter the desired value in the Outbound Proxy1/2 and Proxy Fallback Interval field
respectively. Contact your system administrator for more information.
Image_835_0Image_1439_0
6. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
You can repeat steps 2 to 6 to register more accounts.
The following figures demonstrate single or multiple accounts registered on the phone:

Page 133
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
Single account:
Image_1444_0
__rendered_path__106
Multiple accounts:
Image_1445_0
__rendered_path__106
To disable an account via phone user interface:
Image_856_0
1. Tap ->Advanced (default password: admin) ->Account.
2. Tap the desired account.
3. Tap the gray box of the Activation field, and then select Disabled from the pull-down list.
Image_835_0Image_1446_0
4. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Account registration is configurable via web user interface at the path Account->Register.
Default Account
To configure the default account via phone user interface:
Image_869_0
1. Tap ->Features->Default Account.
123

Page 134
User Guide for the SIP
__rendered_path__5
124
-T48S IP Phone
2. Tap the gray box of the Default Account field, and then select the desired account from
the pull-down list.
Image_1449_0
__rendered_path__53
3. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Image_835_0Image_1451_0
The label of the default account is displayed on the left of the status bar. The IP phone will use
this account by default when dialing out.
You can tap the label of the default account, and then tap the desired account to be the new
Image_960_0
default account. You can also press or to select the desired account as the default
Image_526_0
account.
Image_1450_0
__rendered_path__53

Page 135
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
Multiple Line Keys per Account
You can configure multiple line keys to associate with an account. This enhances call
visualization and simplifies call handling.
Image_1456_0
__rendered_path__55
If this is the case, the touch screen will resemble the following figure:
Image_1457_0
__rendered_path__57
Incoming calls to this account will be distributed evenly among the available line keys. Outgoing
calls will be distributed similarly.
Your phone can be configured to have a combination of accounts with a single line key and
accounts with multiple line keys.
Dial Plan
Dial plan is a string of characters that governs the way your SIP-T48S IP phone processes the
inputs received from your phone keypad.
The SIP-T48S IP phone supports the following dial plan features:
Replace Rule
Dial
N
ow
125

Page 136
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Area Code
Block Out
The basic expression syntax you need to know:
__rendered_path__51
The dot "." can be used as a placeholder or multiple placeholders for any
__rendered_path__51
.
character. Example:
__rendered_path__52
"12." would match "123", "1234", "12345", "12abc", etc.
__rendered_path__51
x
An
"
12x
"
x
"
"
would match
can be used as a placeholder for any character.
"
12
1
"
,
"
12
2
"
,
"
12
3
"
,
"12
a
",
etc.
Example:
__rendered_path__53
Numeric ranges are allowed within the brackets: Digit “-” Digit. Example:
__rendered_path__51
-
__rendered_path__51
“[5-7]” would match the number”5”, ”6”or ”7”.
__rendered_path__54
The square brackets "[]" can be used as a placeholder for a single character
__rendered_path__54
[]
which matches any of a set of characters. Example:
__rendered_path__54
"91[5-7]1234" would match "9151234", "9161234", "9171234".
__rendered_path__51
The parentheses "( )" can be used to group together patterns, for instance, to
__rendered_path__52
()
logically combine two or more patterns. Example:
__rendered_path__51
"([1-9])([2-7])3" would match "923", "153", "773", etc.
__rendered_path__53
The “$” should be followed by the sequence number of a parenthesis. The “$”
__rendered_path__51
plus the sequence number means the whole character or characters placed in
__rendered_path__91
the parenthesis. The number directs to the right parenthesis when there are
__rendered_path__91
$
more than one. Example:
A rep
lace rule configuration, Prefix: "001(xxx)45(xx)", Replace: "9001$145$2".
__rendered_path__91
When you dial out "0012354599" on your phone, the IP phone will replace the
__rendered_path__51
number with "90012354599". “$1” means 3 digits in the first parenthesis, that
__rendered_path__52
is, “235”. “$2” means 2 digits in the second parenthesis, that is, “99”.
__rendered_path__51
Note
The IP phone supports a new dial plan mechanism digit map. Digit maps are defined by a single
__rendered_path__53
string or a list of strings. If a number you dial matches any string of a digit map, the call is
__rendered_path__51
automatically placed.
__rendered_path__109
Note that if digit map feature is enabled, the old dial plan rules (described in this chapter) will be
__rendered_path__109
ignored. For more information, contact your system administrator.
__rendered_path__109
__rendered_path__51
Replace Rule
__rendered_path__52
You can configure one or more replace rules (up to 100) to remove the specified string and
__rendered_path__51
replace it with another string. You can configure a pattern with wildcards (refer to the expression
__rendered_path__53
syntax in the table above), so that any string that matches the pattern will be replaced. This
__rendered_path__51
feature is convenient for you to dial out a long number. For example, a replace rule is configured
__rendered_path__54
as “prefix: 1” and “replace: 1234”, when you try to dial out the number “1234”, you just need to
__rendered_path__54
enter “1” on the phone and then tap Send.
__rendered_path__54
To add a replace rule via web user interface:
__rendered_path__51
1. Click on Settings->Dial Plan->Replace Rule.
__rendered_path__52__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__54__rendered_path__54__rendered_path__54__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__52__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__212__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__52__rendered_path__212__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__53__rendered_path__212__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__268__rendered_path__269Image_1461_0
126

Page 137
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
2. Enter the string (e.g., 1) in the Prefix field.
3. Enter the string (e.g., 1234) in the Replace field.
4. Enter the desired line ID in the Account field or leave it blank.
Image_1464_0
__rendered_path__147
5. Click Add to add the replace rule.
When you enter the number “1” using the keypad and then tap Send, the phone will dial out
“1234” instead.
Note
The valid values for the Account field can be one or more digits among 1-16. Every two digits
Image_1465_0
must be separated by a comma. For example, when you enter the value “1, 2” in the Account
field, this replace rule will apply to account 1 and account 2.
If you leave the Account field blank or enter 0, the replace rule will apply to all accounts.
__rendered_path__148
To edit a replace rule via web user interface:
1. Click on Settings->Dial Plan->Replace Rule.
2. Select the desired replace rule by checking the checkbox.
3. Edit the values in the Prefix and Replace fields.
4. Enter the desired line ID in the Account field or leave it blank.
5. Click Edit to accept the change.
To delete one or more replace rules via web user interface:
1. Click on Settings->Dial Plan->Replace Rule.
2. Select one or more replace rules by checking the checkbox(es).
3. Click Del to delete the replace rule(s).
Dial Now
You can configure one or more dial now rules (up to 100) on your phone. When the dialed
127

Page 138
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
number matches the dial now string, the number will be dialed out automatically. For example, a
dial now rule is configured as "2xx", any entered three-digit string beginning with 2 will then be
dialed out automatically on the phone.
To add a dial now rule via web user interface:
1. Click on Settings->Dial Plan->Dial Now.
2. Enter the desired value (e.g., 2xx) in the Rule field.
3. Enter the desired line ID in the Account field or leave it blank.
For more information on the valid values for the Account field, refer to Replace Rule on
page 126.
Image_1470_0
__rendered_path__186
4. Click Add to add the dial now rule.
When you enter the number “234 using the keypad, the phone will dial out “234
automatically without the pressing of any key.
Note
You can also edit or delete the dial now rule, refer to Replace Rule on page 126 for more
Image_851_0
information.
__rendered_path__187
Time Out for Dial Now Rule
You can configure the delay time for dial now rules. That is, you can configure your phone to
automatically dial out the phone number which matches a dial now rule, after the designated
delay time.
To configure the delay time for dial now rule via web user interface:
1. Click on Features->General Information.
2. Enter the time between 0 and 14 (seconds) in the Time Out for Dial Now Rule field.
128

Page 139
Note
Area Code
__rendered_path__3
Customizing Your Phone
The default value is “1”.
Image_1474_0
__rendered_path__79
3. Click Confirm to accept the change.
Time out for dial now rule is configurable via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__80Image_1025_0
Area codes are also known as Numbering Plan Areas (NPAs). They usually indicate geographical
areas in a country. This feature is necessary when dialing a phone number outside the code area.
For example, an area code is configured as "Code: 0592, Min Length: 1, Max Length: 15". When
you dial out the number "56789" (the length of the number is between 1 and 15), the phone will
add the area code and dial out the number "059256789". You can only configure one area code
rule on your phone.
To configure the area code via web user interface:
1. Click on Settings->Dial Plan->Area Code.
2. Enter the desired values in the Code, Min Length (1-15) and Max Length (1-15) fields.
3. Enter the desired line ID in the Account field or leave it blank.
129

Page 140
User Guide for the SIP
Block Out
__rendered_path__5
Note
Note
130
-T48S IP Phone
For more information on the valid values for the Account field, refer to Replace Rule on
page 126.
Image_1480_0
__rendered_path__101
4. Click Confirm to accept the change.
The
default value of
minimum
and
maximum
length
is
1 and 15 respectively.
__rendered_path__104Image_1081_0
You can block some specific numbers (up to 10) from being dialed on your phone. When you
dial a block out number on your phone, the dialing will fail and the touch screen will prompt
“Forbidden Number”.
To add a block out number via web user interface:
1. Click on Settings->Dial Plan->Block Out.
2. Enter the desired value in the BlockOut NumberX field.
3. Enter the desired line ID in the Account field or leave it blank.
For more information on the valid values for the Account field, refer to Replace Rule on
page 126.
Image_1481_0
__rendered_path__103
4. Click Confirm to add the block out number.
__rendered_path__116Image_1338_0
Block out number is configurable via web user interface only.

Page 141
Emergency Number
__rendered_path__3
Note
Note
Customizing Your Phone
Public telephone networks in countries around the world have a single emergency telephone
number (emergency services number), that allows a caller to contact local emergency services
for assistance when necessary. The emergency telephone number may differ from country to
country. It is typically a three-digit number so that it can be easily remembered and dialed
quickly. Some countries have a different emergency number for each of the different emergency
services.
You can specify the emergency telephone numbers on the IP phone for contacting the
emergency services in an emergency situation. You can dial these numbers when the phone is
locked. For more information on phone lock, refer to Phone Lock on page 60.
Contact your local phone service provider for available emergency numbers in your area.
Image_1486_0
The IP phone also supports the emergency dialplan, which allows users to make emergency calls
if the phone is locked or unregistered. For more information, contact your system administrator.
__rendered_path__89
To specify emergency numbers via web user interface:
1. Click on Features->Phone Lock.
2. Enter the emergency number in the Emergency field.
For multiple emergency numbers, enter a comma between every two numbers. The default
emergency numbers are 112, 911 and 110.
Image_1485_0
__rendered_path__88
3. Click Confirm to accept the change.
Emergency number
is configurable
via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__108Image_1025_0
131

Page 142
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Live Dialpad
You can enable live dialpad feature on the SIP-T48S IP phone, which enables the IP phone to
automatically dial out a phone number without pressing the send key. You can also configure a
delay, and then the phone will dial out the phone number automatically after the designated
period of time.
To enable the live dialpad via web user interface:
1. Click on Settings->Preference.
2. Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Live Dialpad.
3. Enter the desired delay time in the Inter Digit Time(1~14s) field.
The default delay time is 4.
Image_1489_0
__rendered_path__115
4. Click Confirm to accept the change.
Note
Live dialpad is configurable via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__116Image_916_0
Hotline
You can dial a hotline number immediately upon lifting the handset, pressing the Speakerphone
key or tapping the line key. You can also configure a delay, and then the phone will dial out the
hotline number automatically after a designated period of time.
To configure the hotline number via phone user interface:
Image_856_0
1. Tap ->Features->Hot Line.
2. Enter the desired number in the Hotline Number field.
132

Page 143
Customizing Your Phone
__rendered_path__3
3. Enter the desired delay time in the Hotline Delay field.
The valid values range from 0 to 10 (seconds) and the default value is 4.
Image_1491_0
__rendered_path__60
4. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Image_835_0Image_1492_0
Hotline is configurable via web user interface at the path Features->General Information.
133

Page 144
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
134

Page 145
Basic Call Features
__rendered_path__3
Basic Call Features
__rendered_path__111
The SIP-T48S IP phone is designed to be easily used like a regular phone on a public switched
telephone network (PSTN). You can place calls, answer calls, transfer a call to someone else, or
conduct a conference call.
This chapter provides basic operating instructions for the SIP-T48S IP phone. Topics include:
Placing Calls
Answering Calls
Ending Calls
Redialing Numbers
Recent Call In Dialing
Auto Redial
Call Completion
Recall
Call Mute
Call Hold/Resume
Do Not Disturb (DND)
Call Forward
Call Transfer
Call Waiting
Conference
Call Park
/
Retrieve
Call Pickup
Anonymous Call
Anonymous Call Rejection
If you require additional information or assistance with your new phone, contact your system
administrator.
135

Page 146
User Guide for the SIP
Placing Calls
__rendered_path__5
136
-T48S IP Phone
You can place a call in one of three ways using your SIP-T48S IP phone:
Using the handset
Using the speakerphone
Using the headset
You can also dial the number first, and then choose the way you want to speak to the other
party.
You can also dial an entry/contact from local directory, remote phone book or call history. For
more information, refer to Contact Management on page 68 and Call History Management on
page 94.
During a call, you can alternate between Speakerphone, Headset, and Handset modes by
pressing the Speakerphone key, the HEADSET key, or by picking up the handset.
The call duration of the call and far-site’s information (name or phone number) are visible on the
touch screen. In the figure below, the call to 1039 (the phone number: 1039) has lasted 1
second.
Image_1520_0
__rendered_path__140
To place a call using the handset:
1. Pick up the handset.
2. Enter the desired number using the phone keypad.

Page 147
Basic Call Features
__rendered_path__3
You can also enter the number using the on-screen keypad.
Image_1524_0
__rendered_path__121
3. Press , , or tap Send.
Image_528_0Image_1071_0
The # key is configured as a send key by default. You can also set the * key as the send key, or
set neither. For more information, refer to the Key As Send on page 59.
You can also tap the History soft key or the Directory soft key to search for an entry or contact
after picking up the handset, and then tap the desired entry or contact to place a call.
Note
You can also dial using the SIP URI or IP address. To obtain the IP address of a phone, press the
Image_1527_0
OK key when the phone is idle. The maximum SIP URI or IP address length is 32 characters. For
example, SIP URI: 3606@sip.com, IP: 192.168.1.15 or 192*168*1*15.
Your phone may not support direct IP dialing. Contact your system administrator for more
information.
__rendered_path__127
To place a call using the hands-free (speakerphone) mode:
Do one of the following:
-
With the handset on-hook, press or tap the line key to obtain a dial tone.
Image_1525_0
Enter the desired number.
Image_528_0Image_1071_0
Press , or tap Send.
-
With the handset on-hook, enter the desired number.
Image_528_0Image_1071_0
Press , , or tap Send.
Image_1525_0
To place a call using the headset:
Do one of the following:
Image_1330_0
-
With the optional headset connected, press to activate the headset mode.
Tap the line key to obtain a dial tone.
Enter the desired number.
Image_528_0Image_1071_0
Press , , or tap Send.
137

Page 148
User Guide for the SIP
Answering Calls
__rendered_path__5
Note
Note
Note
138
-T48S IP Phone
Image_1330_0
-
With the optional headset connected, press to activate the headset mode.
Enter the desired number.
Image_1530_0Image_1071_0
Press , , or tap Send.
Image_1541_0
To permanently use the headset mode, refer to Headset Use on page 100.
__rendered_path__182
The SIP-T48S IP phone can handle multiple calls at a time. However, only one active call (the call
__rendered_path__183
that has audio associated with it) can be in progress at any time. The SIP-T48S IP phone can
handle a maximum of 50 calls at one time.
To place multiple calls:
You can have more than one call on your SIP-T48S IP phone. To place a new call during an active
call, do one of the following:
-
Tap the line key. The active call is placed on hold.
Enter the desired number.
Image_1530_0Image_1071_0
Press , , or tap Send.
Image_1543_0
-
Press or tap the Hold soft key to place the original call on hold.
Tap the New Call soft key.
Enter the desired number.
Image_1530_0Image_1071_0
Press , , or tap Send.
You can tap the desired call, and then tap the Resume soft key to retrieve it.
If multiple accounts are registered on the phone, you can first tap the desired line key on the idle
Image_847_0
screen or tap the desired line from the status bar on the dialing screen, and then you can use the
selected account to place a call.
__rendered_path__201
__rendered_path__202
When you are not in another call, you can answer a call in one of three ways:
Using the handset
Using the speakerphone
Using the headset
You can reject incoming calls by pressing the X key or tapping the Reject soft key to stop the
Image_1537_0
phone from playing ring tone. You can also activate the Do Not Disturb mode to reject the
incoming calls without ringing on your phone. For more information, refer to Do Not Disturb
(DND) on page 150.
You can forward incoming calls to someone else by tapping the Forward soft key. For more
__rendered_path__125__rendered_path__126
information, refer to Call Forward on page 155.

Page 149
Basic Call Features
__rendered_path__3
Answering When Not in Another Call
Call duration and destination will always appear on the touch screen for the active call.
To answer a call using the handset:
1. Pick up the handset.
To answer a call using the hands-free (speakerphone) mode:
Do one of the following:
-
Press .
Image_1525_0
-
With the handset on-hook and the headset mode deactivated, tap the Answer soft key.
-
With the handset on-hook and the headset mode deactivated, tap the line key with the
illuminating solid green icon indicator.
To answer a call using the headset:
Do one of the following:
Image_1330_0
-
Press .
-
With the headset mode activated, tap the Answer soft key.
-
With the headset mode activated, tap the line key with the illuminating solid green icon
indicator.
Answering When in Another Call
If you have an active call, and an incoming call arrives on the phone. The incoming call
information is displayed on the touch screen.
Image_1546_0
__rendered_path__103
1.
Tap the Answer soft key.
The incoming call is answered and the original call is placed on hold.
139

Page 150
User Guide for the SIP
__rendered_path__5
Note
140
-T48S IP Phone
Image_1549_0
You can use auto answer feature to automatically answer an incoming call using the
speakerphone. Auto answer is configurable on a per-line basis.
You can choose to mute the local microphone when an incoming call is answered automatically.
To configure auto answer via phone user interface:
Image_856_0
1. Tap ->Features->Auto Answer.
2. Tap the On radio box of the desired registered line.
Image_1551_0
__rendered_path__98
3. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Image_1553_0Image_835_0Image_1555_0
The icon appears on the touch screen only when the auto answer feature is enabled
for the default account.
Image_1552_0
__rendered_path__98
Auto answer is configurable via web user interface at the path Account->Basic.
Auto answer only takes effect when there is no other call in progress on the phone. If there is a
Image_1557_0
call in progress, the second incoming call cannot be automatically answered after ending the
current call by default. If you want to make the phone automatically answer the incoming call
__rendered_path__104
after ending all calls, contact your system administrator for more information.

Page 151
Basic Call Features
__rendered_path__3
Ending Calls
To end a call:
Do one of the following:
Image_924_0
-
If you are using the handset, press , the End Call soft key or hang up the handset.
Image_924_0
-
If you are using the headset, press or the End Call soft key.
Image_924_0
-
If you are using the speakerphone, press , or the End Call soft key.
Image_1525_0
Note
To end a call placed on hold, you can tap the End Call soft key to end the call directly, or tap the
Image_803_0
Resume soft key to resume the call before ending it.
__rendered_path__91
Redialing Numbers
To redial the last dialed number from your phone:
Image_1560_0
1. Press twice.
A call to your last dialed number is attempted.
To redial a previously dialed number from your phone:
Image_1560_0
1. Press when the phone is idle.
2. Tap the desired entry from the placed calls list.
Recent Call In Dialing
To view the placed calls list when the phone is on the dialing interface, you should enable recent
call in dialing in advance.
To enable recent call in dialing via web user interface:
1. Click on Directory->Setting.
141

Page 152
User Guide for the SIP
__rendered_path__5
Note
142
-T48S IP Phone
2. Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Recent Call In Dialing.
Image_1564_0
__rendered_path__57
3. Click Confirm to accept the change.
Image_1025_0
Recent call in dialing is configurable via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__62
To view placed calls list when the phone is on the dialing interface:
1. Pick up the handset, press the Speakerphone key or tap the line key.
The touch screen displays the placed calls list.
Image_1565_0
__rendered_path__59
You can tap or to scroll through placed calls page by page.
Image_928_0Image_930_0

Page 153
Basic Call Features
__rendered_path__3
You can also enter a few continuous characters of the contact name or continuous numbers
of the contact number (office, mobile or other number) to search from placed calls list.
Image_1524_0
__rendered_path__92
Auto Redial
You can enable auto redial to automatically redial a phone number when the called party is busy.
You can also configure the number of auto redial attempts and the time to wait between redial
attempts.
To configure auto redial via phone user interface:
Image_856_0
1. Tap ->Features->Auto Redial.
2. Tap the On radio box of the Auto Redial field.
3. Enter the desired time (in seconds) in the Redial Interval field.
The default value is 10.
4. Enter the desired number of redial attempts in the Redial Times field.
The default value is 10.
Image_1567_0
__rendered_path__94
5. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Image_835_0Image_1568_0
143

Page 154
User Guide for the SIP
Call Completion
__rendered_path__5
144
-T48S IP Phone
Auto redial is configurable via web user interface at the path Features->General Information.
To use auto redial:
When the called party is busy, the following prompt will appear on the touch screen of the
phone:
Image_1571_0
__rendered_path__91
1. Tap the OK soft key to activate auto redial.
The touch screen prompts the following:
Image_1572_0
__rendered_path__91
2. Wait for the designated period of time or tap the OK soft key to redial the phone number.
The phone will retry as many times as configured until the called party is idle.
You can use call completion to notify the caller who failed to reach a desired party when the
party becomes available to receive a call.
To enable call completion via phone user interface:
Image_856_0
1. Tap ->Features->Call Completion.

Page 155
Basic Call Features
__rendered_path__3
2. Tap the On radio box of the Call Completion field.
Image_1574_0
__rendered_path__65
3. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Image_835_0Image_1576_0
Call completion is configurable via web user interface at the path Features->General
Information.
To use call completion:
When the called party is busy, the following prompt will appear on the touch screen of the
phone:
Image_1575_0
__rendered_path__67
1. Tap OK, the phone will then returns to the idle screen and call completion will be activated.
145

Page 156
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
When the called party becomes idle, the following prompt will appear on the touch screen of
the phone:
Image_1579_0
__rendered_path__88
1. Tap OK to redial the number.
Note
Call completion is not available on all servers. For more information, contact your system
Image_783_0
administrator.
__rendered_path__89
Recall
You can tap a recall key to place a call back to the last incoming call.
To configure a recall key via phone user interface:
Image_856_0
1. Tap ->Features->DSS Keys.
2. Tap the desired line key.
3. Tap the gray box of the Type field, and then select Key Event from the pull-down list.
4. Tap the gray box of the Key Type field, and then select ReCall from the pull-down list.
146

Page 157
Basic Call Features
__rendered_path__3
5. (Optional.) Enter the string that will appear on the touch screen in the Label field.
Image_1581_0
__rendered_path__72
6. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Image_835_0Image_1582_0
Recall key is configurable via web user interface at the path Dsskey->Line key.
Call Mute
You can mute the microphone of the active audio device during an active call so that the other
party cannot hear you. You can also mute the microphone while dialing so that the other party
cannot hear you when the call is set up. It helps prevent the other party from hearing the
informal discussion when auto answer is enabled on his/her phone.
Call mute applies to all modes (Handset, Headset and Speakerphone).
147

Page 158
User Guide for the SIP
ing
__rendered_path__5
Note
Mut
148
-T48S IP Phone
Keep Mute
Normally, the mute feature is deactivated when the active call ends. Keep mute feature enables
you to make the mute state of your phone persist across calls. When keep mute is enabled and
you press the MUTE key, the phone stays in the mute state until you un-mute the microphone
or until the phone restarts. It helps prevent the other party from hearing the noise coming from
your room when auto answer is enabled on your phone. When you mute the phone in an idle
state or any other states, the mute key LED illuminates solid red and the icon appears on the
Image_1589_0
status bar.
Image_1591_0
Keep mute should be pre-configured by your system administrator.
Image_1585_0__rendered_path__73
__rendered_path__69
a Call
To mute a call:
Image_1587_0
1. Press during an active call.
The mute key LED illuminates solid red. The touch screen indicates that the call is now
muted.
Image_1586_0__rendered_path__69

Page 159
ing
Call Hold/Resume
__rendered_path__3
Mut
Note
Note
Basic Call Features
To un-mute a call:
Image_1587_0
1. Press again to un-mute the call.
The mute key LED goes out.
While Dialing
To mute the microphone while dialing:
Image_1598_0
1. Press on the pre-dialing, dialing or calling screen.
The mute key LED illuminates solid red. The call is muted automatically when set up
successfully.
To un-mute the microphone while dialing:
Image_1598_0
1. Press again on the pre-dialing, dialing or calling screen.
You can also mute the microphone when the IP phone is ringing.
__rendered_path__136Image_916_0
You can place an active call on hold. Only one active call can be in progress at any time. Other
calls can be made and received while placing the original call on hold. When you place a call on
hold, your IP PBX may play music to the other party while waiting.
To place a call on hold:
Image_1597_0
1. Press or tap the Hold soft key during a call.
The touch screen indicates that the call is on hold.
Image_1594_0
__rendered_path__121
The phone will beep softly every 30 seconds to remind you that you still have a call on hold. The
Image_1595_0
phone ignores engaged audio device (handset or headset) and switches to Speakerphone to play
the hold tone by default. The Speakerphone key will light up for 1 second.
__rendered_path__122
149

Page 160
User Guide for the SIP
Do Not Disturb (DND)
__rendered_path__5
Note
150
-T48S IP Phone
To resume a held call:
Image_1597_0
1. Press or tap the Resume soft key.
Multiple Calls on Hold:
If multiple calls are placed on hold, do one of the following:
Image_1597_0
-
Tap the desired call, and then press or tap the Resume soft key to retrieve it.
-
Tap the desired call, and then tap the corresponding line key to retrieve it.
You can use DND to reject incoming calls automatically on the phone. The prompt message n
New Missed Call(s) (n indicates the number of missed calls, e.g., 1 New Missed Call(s)) will
appear on the touch screen, and callers will receive a busy message. All calls you receive while
DND is activated are logged to your missed calls list.
Image_1601_0
__rendered_path__90
The prompt message will display only if Missed Call Log for the line is enabled. Missed call log is
Image_1602_0
configurable via web user interface at the path Account->Basic.
You cannot activate or deactivate DND when DND feature is disabled. Contact your system
administrator for more information.
__rendered_path__92

Page 161
Basic Call Features
__rendered_path__3
When DND feature is activated, the IP phone supports displaying a large DND icon on the idle
screen. For more information, contact your system administrator.
Image_1605_0
__rendered_path__76
You can activate/deactivate DND for the phone system, or you can customize DND for each or
all accounts.
There are two DND modes:
Phone
(default):
DND is effective for the phone system.
Custom
:
DND can be configured for each
or all accounts
.
To configure the DND mode via web user interface:
1. Click on Features->Forward&DND.
2. In the DND block, mark the desired radio box in the Mode field.
Image_1606_0
__rendered_path__78
3. Click Confirm to accept the change.
Note
DND mode is configurable via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__79Image_916_0
151

Page 162
User Guide for the SIP
__rendered_path__5
Note
152
-T48S IP Phone
To activate DND in phone mode:
Image_910_0
1. Tap .
Image_912_0
The icon appears on the status bar.
Image_1608_0Image_530_0
__rendered_path__77
When DND and busy forward are activated in phone mode, calls will be sent to the configured
Image_1612_0
destination number. For more information on busy forward, refer to Call Forward on page 155.
__rendered_path__81
To activate DND in custom mode:
__rendered_path__82
1. Tap .
Image_912_0Image_910_0
The touch screen displays a list of accounts registered on the phone.
Image_1609_0Image_912_0
__rendered_path__77
2. Tap the desired account.
3. Tap the On radio box of the DND Status field.
4. (Optional.) Enter the DND on code or off code respectively in the On Code or Off Code
field.
If the on code or off code is configured, the IP phone will send the corresponding code to
activate or deactivate DND on the server. It is not available on all servers.

Page 163
Basic Call Features
__rendered_path__3
5. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change.
If you want to activate DND for all accounts, you can press the All On soft key.
Image_634_0
If you activate DND for the default account, the associated line icon will change to , and the
icon will appear on the status bar.
Image_1615_0Image_1617_0
__rendered_path__57
If you activate DND for the non-default account, only the associated line icon will change
Image_634_0
to .
Image_1616_0
__rendered_path__57
153

Page 164
User Guide for the SIP
__rendered_path__5
Note
154
-T48S IP Phone
Image_634_0
If you activate DND for all accounts, all line icons will change to and the icon will
Image_1617_0
appear on the status bar.
Image_1620_0
__rendered_path__82
When DND and busy forward are activated for a specific account, calls from the specific account
Image_1624_0
will be sent to the configured destination number. For more information on busy forward, refer
to Call Forward on page 155.
__rendered_path__85
You can receive incoming calls from authorized numbers when DND is activated.
__rendered_path__86
To configure the DND authorized numbers via web user interface:
1. Click on Features->Forward&DND.
2. Select Enabled from the pull-down list of DND Emergency.
3. Enter the numbers in the DND Authorized Numbers field.
For multiple numbers, enter a comma between every two numbers.
Image_1621_0
__rendered_path__84
4. Click Confirm to accept the change.

Page 165
Basic Call Features
__rendered_path__3
When DND is activated on the phone, the phone can still receive incoming calls from the
numbers specified in the DND Authorized Numbers field.
Note
DND authorized number is configurable via web user interface only.
Image_1627_0
When the phone misses a call, a prompt window will pop up by default. If you want to disable the
feature, contact your system administrator for more information.
__rendered_path__167
To deactivate DND in phone mode:
1.
Tap the DND soft key when the phone is idle.
To deactivate DND in custom mode:
1.
Tap the DND soft key when the phone is idle.
2.
Tap the desired account.
3.
Tap the Off radio box of the DND Status field.
4.
Tap the Save soft key to accept the change.
Call Forward
You can configure your phone to forward incoming calls to another party (static forwarding).
You can also forward calls while your phone is ringing (dynamic forwarding).
Note
When the phone forwards a call, a prompt window will pop up by default. If you want to disable
Image_1629_0
the feature, contact your system administrator for more information.
You cannot activate or deactivate call forward when call forward feature is disabled. Contact your
system administrator for more information.
__rendered_path__175
Static Forwarding
Three types of static forwarding are:
Always Forward
:
Incoming calls are immediately forwarded.
Busy Forward
:
Incoming calls are immediately forwarded if the phone is busy.
No Answer Forward
:
Incoming calls are forwarded if not answered after
a period of time.
You can activate/deactivate call forward for the phone system, or you can customize call forward
for each or all accounts.
There are two call forward modes:
Phone
(default)
:
Call forward is effective for the phone system.
Custom:
Call forward can be configured for
each or all accounts.
155

Page 166
User Guide for the SIP
__rendered_path__5
Note
156
-T48S IP Phone
To configure the call forward mode via web user interface:
1. Click on Features->Forward&DND.
2. In the Forward block, mark the desired radio box in the Mode field.
Image_1632_0
__rendered_path__104
3. Click Confirm to accept the change.
Call forward mode is configurable via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__107Image_1634_0
To activate call forward in phone mode:
Image_856_0
1. Tap ->Features->Call Forward or press when the phone is idle.
Image_1633_0
2. Tap the desired forwarding type.
3. Depending on your selection:
a)
If you tap Always Forward:
1)
Tap the On radio box of the Always Forward field.
2)
Enter the destination number you want to forward all incoming calls to in the
Forward to field.

Page 167
you tap
If you tap
__rendered_path__3
3)
b) If
1)
2)
3)
c)
1)
2)
3)
Basic Call Features
(Optional.) Enter the always forward on code or off code respectively in the On
Code or Off Code field.
Image_1637_0
__rendered_path__95
Busy Forward:
Tap the On radio box of the Busy Forward field.
Enter the destination number you want to forward incoming calls to when the
phone is busy in the Forward to field.
(Optional.) Enter the busy forward on code or off code respectively in the On
Code or Off Code field.
Image_1638_0
__rendered_path__95
No Answer Forward:
Tap the On radio box of the No Answer Forward field.
Enter the destination number you want to forward unanswered incoming calls to
in the Forward to field.
Tap the gray box of the After Ring Time field, and then select the desired ring
time to wait before forwarding from the pull-down list.
The default ring time is 12.
157

Page 168
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
4)
(Optional.) Enter the no answer forward on code or off code respectively in the
On Code or Off Code field.
Image_1640_0
__rendered_path__112
4. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change.
Image_564_0
The icon on the idle screen indicates that the call forward is activated.
To activate call forward in custom mode:
Image_856_0
1. Tap ->Features->Call Forward or press when the phone is idle.
Image_1633_0
2. Tap the desired account.
Image_1641_0
__rendered_path__112
3. Tap the desired forwarding type.
4. Depending on your selection:
a)
If you tap Always Forward:
1)
Tap the On radio box of the Always Forward field.
2)
Enter the destination number you want to forward all incoming calls to in the
Forward to field.
158

Page 169
Basic Call Features
__rendered_path__3
3)
(Optional.) Enter the always forward on code or off code respectively in the On
Code or Off Code field.
Image_1637_0
__rendered_path__74
You can also activate always forward for all accounts. Do the following:
1)
Tap the All Lines soft key.
The touch screen prompts “Copy to all lines?”.
Image_1643_0
__rendered_path__76
2)
Tap OK to accept the change or Cancel to cancel.
b) If you select Busy Forward:
1)
Tap the On radio box of the Busy Forward field.
2)
Enter the destination number you want to forward incoming calls to when the
phone is busy in the Forward to field.
159

Page 170
User Guide for the SIP
160
__rendered_path__5
c)
-T48S IP Phone
3)
(Optional.) Enter the busy forward on code or off code respectively in the On
Code or Off Code field.
Image_1638_0
__rendered_path__96
You can also activate busy forward for all accounts. Do the following:
1)
Tap the All Lines soft key.
The touch screen prompts “Copy to all lines?”.
Image_1645_0
__rendered_path__98
2)
Tap OK to accept the change or Cancel to cancel.
If you select No Answer Forward:
1)
Tap the On radio box of the No Answer Forward field.
2)
Enter the destination number you want to forward unanswered incoming calls to
in the Forward to field.
3)
Tap the gray box of the After Ring Time field, and then select the desired ring
time to wait before forwarding from the pull-down list.
The default ring time is 12.

Page 171
__rendered_path__3
5.
Basic Call Features
4)
(Optional.) Enter the no answer forward on code or off code respectively in the
On Code or Off Code field.
Image_1640_0
__rendered_path__60
You can also activate no answer forward for all accounts. Do the following:
1)
Tap the All Lines soft key.
The touch screen prompts “Copy to all lines?”.
Image_1647_0
__rendered_path__62
2)
Tap OK to accept the change or Cancel to cancel.
Tap the Save soft key to accept the change.
161

Page 172
User Guide for the SIP
__rendered_path__5
162
-T48S IP Phone
Image_636_0
If you activate call forward for the default account, the associated line icon will change to ,
Image_564_0
and the icon will appear on the status bar.
Image_1649_0
__rendered_path__35
If you activate call forward for the non-default account, only the associated line icon will change
Image_636_0
to .
Image_1650_0
__rendered_path__35
If you activate call forward for all accounts, all line icons will change to , and the icon will
Image_636_0
appear on the status bar.
Image_1651_0__rendered_path__35Image_564_0

Page 173
Basic Call Features
__rendered_path__3
If the forward on code or off code is configured, the IP phone sends the corresponding code to
the server when a certain action takes place. For example, if you set the Always Forward on code
to be *71 (may vary on different servers), and the target number to be 1234. When you activate
Always Forward on the IP phone, the IP phone sends *711234 to the server, and then the server
will activate Always Forward feature on the server side, hence being able to get the right status
of the extension.
Call forward is configurable via web user interface at the path Features->Forward&DND.
Note
You can also enter the SIP URL or IP address in the Forward to field. For more information on
Image_1656_0
using the SIP URL or IP address, refer to Placing Calls on page 136.
Call forward is local to the phone, and may be overridden by the server settings. Call forward on
code or off code may be different among servers. For more information, contact your system
administrator.
__rendered_path__134
To configure the forward authorized numbers via web user interface:
1.
Click on Features->Forward&DND.
2.
Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Forward Emergency.
3.
Enter the numbers in the Forward Authorized Numbers field.
For multiple numbers, enter a comma between every two numbers.
Image_1653_0
__rendered_path__133
4.
Click Confirm to accept the change.
When call forward is activated on the phone, the phone cannot forward incoming calls from the
numbers specified in the Forward Authorized Numbers field.
Note
Forward authorized number is configurable via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__164Image_1021_0
163

Page 174
when the phone is idle.
All Lines
You can manually forward a call to another number while your phone rings.
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
To deactivate call forward in phone mode:
Do one of the following:
Image_1633_0
-
Press when the phone is idle.
Image_856_0
-
Tap ->Features->Call Forward.
Tap the desired forwarding type.
Tap the Off radio box.
Tap the Save soft key to accept the change.
To deactivate call forward in custom mode:
Image_1633_0Image_856_0
1. Tap ->Features->Call Forward or press
The touch screen displays a list of accounts registered on the phone.
2. Tap the desired account.
3. Tap he desired forwarding type.
4. Tap the Off radio box.
If you want to deactivate call forward for all accounts, tap the
5. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change.
Dynamic Forwarding
To forward an incoming call to another party:
1. When the phone is ringing, tap the Forward soft key.
2. Enter the number you want to forward the incoming call to.
Image_528_0Image_1071_0
3. Press , , or tap Forward.
The touch screen prompts a call forward message.
164
soft key.
Image_1659_0__rendered_path__169

Page 175
Basic Call Features
__rendered_path__3
Call Transfer
You can transfer a call to another party during a call in one of three ways:
Blind Transfer
: Transfer a
call directly to another party without consulting.
Semi
-
Attended Transfer
: Transfer a call when the target phone is ringing.
Attended Transfer
(
Consultative Transfer
)
: Transfer a call with prior consulting.
Blind Transfer
Before performing a blind transfer (except you use dial number method), make sure that the
transfer mode on DSS key is configured as Blind Transfer. For more information on how to
configure it, refer to Configuring Transfer Mode on DSS Key on page 190.
To perform a blind transfer during a call:
Image_1633_0
1. Press or tap the Transfer soft key during a call.
2. You can do one of the following:
-
Enter the number you want to transfer the call to.
Image_1665_0
__rendered_path__156
Press or tap Transfer to complete the transfer.
Image_1633_0
If you are using a handset, the transfer can be completed by hanging up the handset.
-
Tap the Directory soft key, and then tap All Contacts. Search for the contact and tap
the desired contact to complete the transfer.
-
Tap the Directory soft key, and then tap Remote Phone Book. Search for the contact
and tap the desired contact to complete the transfer. (Remote phone book should be
configured in advance. Refer to Remote Phone Book on page 92 for more
information.).
-
Tap the History soft key, and then tap the desired list. Search for the contact and tap
the desired contact to complete the transfer.
165

Page 176
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
To perform a blind transfer to exist call:
Image_1633_0
1.
Press or tap the Transfer soft key during a call.
2.
Tap the desired hold call you want to transfer the call to on the left side.
Image_1671_0
__rendered_path__165
The call is then connected to the call to which you are transferring.
Semi-attended Transfer
Before performing a semi-attended transfer (except you use dial number method), make sure
that the transfer mode on DSS key is configured as New Call or Attended Transfer. For more
information on how to configure it, refer to Configuring Transfer Mode on DSS Key on page
190.
To perform a semi-attended transfer:
Image_1633_0
1. Press or tap the Transfer soft key during a call.
2. Do one of the following:
-
Enter the number you want to transfer the call to.
Image_528_0Image_1071_0
Press or to dial out.
-
Tap the Directory soft key, and then tap All Contacts. Search for the contact and tap
the desired contact to dial out.
-
Tap the Directory soft key, and then tap Remote Phone Book. Search for the contact
and tap the desired contact to dial out. (Remote phone book should be configured in
advance. Refer to Remote Phone Book on page 92 for more information.)
-
Tap the History soft key, and then tap the desired list. Tap the desired entry to dial
out.
Image_1633_0
3. Press or tap Transfer to complete the transfer when receiving ringback.
If you are using a handset, the transfer can be completed by hanging up the handset.
166

Page 177
Basic Call Features
__rendered_path__3
Attended Transfer
Before performing an attended transfer (except you use dial number method), make sure that
the transfer mode on DSS key is configured as New Call or Attended Transfer. For more
information on how to configure it, refer to Configuring Transfer Mode on DSS Key on page
190.
To perform an attended transfer:
Image_1677_0
1. Press or tap the Transfer soft key during a call.
2. Do one of the following:
-
Enter the number you want to transfer the call to.
Image_528_0Image_1071_0
Press or to dial out.
-
Tap the Directory soft key, and then tap All Contacts. Search for the contact and tap
the desired contact to dial out.
-
Tap the Directory soft key, and then tap Remote Phone Book. Search for the contact
and tap the desired contact to dial out. (Remote phone book should be configured in
advance. Refer to Remote Phone Book on page 92 for more information.)
-
Tap the History soft key, and then tap the desired list. Tap the desired entry to dial
out.
Image_1677_0
3. After the party answers the call, press or tap Transfer to complete the transfer.
If you are using a handset, the transfer can be completed by hanging up the handset.
Call Waiting
You can enable or disable call waiting on the phone. If call waiting is enabled, you can receive
another call when there is already an active call on the phone. Otherwise, another incoming call
is automatically rejected by the phone with a busy message when there is an active call on the
phone. You can also enable or disable the phone to play a warning tone when receiving another
call.
To configure call waiting via phone user interface:
Image_856_0
1. Tap ->Features->Call Waiting.
2. Tap the On radio box of the Call Waiting field.
3. Tap the On radio box of the Play Tone field.
4. (Optional.) Enter the call waiting on code or off code respectively in the On Code or Off
Code field.
167

Page 178
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
If on code or off code is configured, the IP phone will send the corresponding code to
activate or deactivate call waiting on the server. It is not available on all servers.
Image_1679_0
__rendered_path__96
5. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel
Image_835_0Image_1680_0
Call waiting is configurable via web user interface at the path Features->General Information.
Note
If on code or off code is not configured, the call waiting may not take effect. It depends on your
Image_851_0
server. Contact your server administrator for more information.
__rendered_path__97
Conference
You can use the SIP-T48S IP phone to create a conference with other two parties using the
phone’s local conference or create a conference with multiple participants which is called
network conference.
Note
Network conference is not available on all servers. For more information, contact your system
Image_851_0
administrator.
__rendered_path__97
Local Conference
The SIP-T48S IP phone supports up to 3 parties (including yourself) in a conference call. This is
the default method of conference called Local Conference. You can create a conference
between an active call and a call on hold at any time by tapping the Conference soft key.
Note
To set up a local conference call, make sure local conference feature is enabled. For more
Image_1682_0
information, contact your system administrator.
__rendered_path__106
To set up a local conference call:
1. Place a call to the first party.
168

Page 179
To join
During the conference call, you can do the following actions:
__rendered_path__3
2.
3.
4.
1.
2.
3.
-
-
-
Basic Call Features
When the first party answers the call, tap the Conference soft key to place a new call.
The active call is placed on hold.
Image_528_0Image_1071_0
Enter the number of the second party, and then press , , or tap Conference.
When the second party answers the call, tap the Conference soft key again to join all
parties in the conference.
Image_1685_0
__rendered_path__134
two calls in a conference:
Place two calls using two different accounts on the phone (for example, place the first call
using account 1, and then place the second call using account 2).
Tap the desired call for conference and ensure that the call is active (for example, tap the
call on account 1).
Tap the Conference soft key to join the two calls in the conference on the selected account.
Image_1685_0
__rendered_path__134
Image_1691_0
Press or tap the Hold soft key to place the conference call on hold.
Tap the Split soft key to split the conference call into two individual calls on hold.
Image_1687_0Image_1689_0
Tap to remove the desired party from the conference call.
169

Page 180
User Guide for the SIP
Network Conference
__rendered_path__5
170
-T48S IP Phone
The touch screen prompts “Are you sure to remove XX?”.
Tap OK to remove the party.
Image_1699_0
-
Press to mute the conference call, all other participants can hear each other, but they
cannot hear you.
Image_1695_0Image_1697_0
-
Tap to mute the party. The muted party can hear everyone, but no one can hear the
Image_1695_0Image_1701_0
muted party. The icon changes to .
Image_1703_0
-
Tap the End Call soft key to drop the conference call.
You can use network conference feature on the SIP-T48S IP phone to conduct a conference with
multiple participants.
This feature allows you to perform the following:
Join two calls together into a conference call.
Invite another party into an active conference call.
To use this feature, contact your system administrator for the network conference URI in
advance.
To configure network conference via web user interface:
1. Click on Account->Advanced.
2. Select the desired account from the pull-down list of Account.
3. Select Network Conference from the pull-down list of Conference Type.
4. Enter the conference URI (e.g., conference@example.com) in the Conference URI field.
Image_1694_0__rendered_path__133

Page 181
Basic Call Features
__rendered_path__3
5. Click Confirm to accept the change.
Note
Network conference is configurable via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__198Image_1388_0
To set up a network conference call:
1. Place a call to the first party.
2. Tap the Conference soft key to place a new call.
The active call is placed on hold.
Image_1530_0Image_1071_0
3. Enter the number of the second party and then press , , or tap the Send soft key.
4. When the second party answers the call, tap the Conference soft key to add the second
party to the conference.
5. Tap the Conference soft key to place a new call.
The conference call is placed on hold.
Image_1530_0Image_1071_0
6. Enter the number of the new party and then press , , or tap the Send soft key.
7. When the new party answers the call, tap the Conference soft key to add the new party to
the conference.
8. Repeat steps 5 to 7 until you have added all intended parties.
The procedures to set up a network conference call on specific servers may be different from
introduced above. Contact your system administrator for more information.
Call Park/Retrieve
You can use call park feature to place a call on hold, and then retrieve the call from another
phone in the system (for example, a phone in another office or conference room). You can park
an active call by tapping the Park soft key or pressing call park key (if configured) on the phone.
If the call is parked successfully, there is a voice prompt confirming that the call was parked. You
can retrieve the parked call by pressing the Retrieve soft key or the retrieve park key (if
configured). If the parked call is not retrieved within a period of time defined by the system, the
phone performing call park will receive the call back.
Note
Call park is not available on all servers. Contact your system administrator for more information.
__rendered_path__202Image_1706_0
The IP phone supports call park feature under the following modes:
FAC mode
: park the call to the local extension or a desired extension through dialing the
park code.
Transfer mode
: park the call to shared parking lot through performing a blind transfer to
a call park number (call park code).
171

Page 182
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
To configure a call park key via phone user interface:
1. Tap Menu->Features->DSS Keys.
2. Tap the desired DSS key.
3. Tap the gray box of the Type field, and then select Key Event from the pull-down list.
4. Tap the gray box of the Key Type field, and then select Call Park from the pull-down list.
5. Tap the gray box of the Account ID field, and then select the desired line from the
pull-down list.
6. (Optional.) Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field.
7. Enter the call park code in the Value field.
Image_1709_0
__rendered_path__169
8. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or the to cancel.
Image_835_0Image_1710_0
If the call park code is already configured for the Park soft key, you don’t need to configure it
when configuring a call park key.
To configure a retrieve park key via phone user interface:
1.
Tap Menu->Features->DSS Keys.
2.
Tap the desired DSS key.
3.
Tap the gray box of the Type field, and then select Retrieve Park from the pull-down list.
172

Page 183
Basic Call Features
__rendered_path__3
4.
Tap the gray box of the Account ID field, and then select the desired line from the
pull-down list.
Image_1713_0
__rendered_path__158
5.
(Optional.) Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field.
6.
Enter the park retrieve code in the Value field.
Image_835_0Image_1716_0
7.
Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or the to cancel.
If the park retrieve code is already configured for the Retrieve key, you don’t need to configure
it when configuring a retrieve park key.
Call park key and retrieve park key are configurable via web user interface at the path
Dsskey->Line Key.
Note
The call park code and park retrieve code are predefined on the system server. Contact your
Image_1714_0
system administrator for more information.
__rendered_path__159
FAC Mode
To configure call park feature in FAC mode via web user interface:
1. Click on Features->Call Pickup.
2. Select FAC from the pull-down list of Call Park Mode.
3. Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Call Park.
If Enabled is selected, the Park soft key will display on the LCD screen during a call, and the
Retrieve soft key will display on the dialing screen.
4. (Optional.) Enter the call park code in the Call Park Code field.
It is configured for the Park soft key. This call park code will also apply to the call park key.
5. (Optional.) Enter the park retrieve code in the Park Retrieve Code field
173

Page 184
User Guide for the SIP
__rendered_path__5
Note
174
-T48S IP Phone
It is configured for the Retrieve soft key. This park retrieve code will also apply to the
retrieve park key.
Image_1719_0
__rendered_path__66
6. Click Confirm to accept the change.
If the Park or Retrieve soft key doesn’t appear on the LCD screen, please select Disabled from
Image_1721_0
the pull-down list of Custom Softkey via web user interface at path Settings->Softkey
__rendered_path__71
Layout.
__rendered_path__69__rendered_path__82
To park a call in FAC mode:
__rendered_path__93
1. During a call, tap the Park soft key (You may need to tap the More soft key to see the Park
soft key) or press the call park key (if configured).
-
If the call park code is not configured, you need to enter the call park code (e.g., *68).
Image_1720_0
__rendered_path__68
Press , or tap Park.
Image_528_0Image_1071_0

Page 185
retrieve a parked call in FAC mode
__rendered_path__3
2.
To
1.
Basic Call Features
-
If the call park code is configured, the phone will dial the configured call park code
shown as below:
Image_1724_0
__rendered_path__83
Do one of the following:
a)
If you want to park the call against the local extension.
Image_1071_0
1)
Press .
If the call is parked successfully, you will hear a voice prompt confirming that the
call is parked.
b) If you want to park the call against desired extension.
1)
Enter an extension (e.g., 4606) where you want to park the call.
Image_528_0Image_1071_0
2)
Press or .
If the call is parked successfully, you will hear a voice prompt confirming that the
call is parked. The call is parked against the extension you entered.
:
Do one of the following:
-
If the park retrieve code is not configured, dial the park retrieve code (e.g., *88).
-
If the park retrieve code is configured, tap Retrieve on the dialing screen or press
retrieve park key (if configured) on the IP phone.
175

Page 186
User Guide for the SIP
Transfer Mode
__rendered_path__5
Note
176
-T48S IP Phone
The phone will dial the configured park retrieve code and the Retrieve screen appears
as below:
Image_1726_0
__rendered_path__113
2.
Follow the voice prompt, do one of the following:
Image_1071_0
-
Press on the phone where the call is parked.
-
Enter the desired extension followed by # (e.g., 4606#) on any phone.
You can also press the desired BLF or BLF list key to park a call or retrieve a parked call directly.
Image_1729_0
For more information, refer to Parking a Call/Retrieving a Parked Call to the Monitored User on
__rendered_path__117
page 192.
__rendered_path__115__rendered_path__119
__rendered_path__135
To configure call park feature in transfer mode via web user interface:
1.
Click on Features->Call Pickup.
2.
Select Transfer from the pull-down list of Call Park Mode.
3.
Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Call Park.
If Enabled is selected, the Park soft key will display on the LCD screen during a call, and
the Retrieve soft key will display on the dialing screen.
4.
(Optional.) Enter the call park code in the Call Park Code field.
It is configured for the Park soft key. This call park code will also apply to the call park key.
5.
(Optional.) Enter the park retrieve code in the Park Retrieve Code field.

Page 187
Basic Call Features
__rendered_path__3
It is configured for the Retrieve soft key. This park retrieve code will also apply to the
retrieve park key.
Image_1732_0
__rendered_path__104
6.
Click Confirm to accept the change.
Note
If the
Park
or
Retrieve
soft key doesn’t appear on the LCD screen, please select
Disabled
from
Image_1733_0
the pull-down list of Custom Softkey via web user interface at path Settings->Softkey
__rendered_path__107
Layout.
__rendered_path__105__rendered_path__117
To park a call in Transfer mode:
__rendered_path__128
1. During a call, tap the Park soft key (You may need to tap the More soft key to see the Park
soft key) or the call park key (if configured).
-
If the call park code is not configured, you need to enter the call park code.
Image_528_0Image_1071_0
Press , or tap Park. The call will be transferred to the shared parking lot.
-
If the call park code is configured, the call will be directly transferred to the shared
parking lot.
Note
For some servers, the system
will return
a
specific retrieve
park
number (
park retrieve code)
Image_1735_0
from which the call can be retrieved after parking successfully.
__rendered_path__134
To retrieve a parked call in Transfer mode:
1.
Do one of the following:
-
If the park retrieve code is not configured, dial the park retrieve code (e.g., *11).
-
If the park retrieve code is configured, tap Retrieve on the dialing screen or retrieve
park key (if configured) on the IP phone.
The phone will retrieve the parked call from the shared parking lot.
177

Page 188
User Guide for the SIP
Call Pickup
Direct
__rendered_path__5
Note
178
-T48S IP Phone
You can use call pickup to answer someone else’s incoming call on your phone. The SIP-T48S IP
phone supports directed call pickup and group call pickup. Directed call pickup is used for
picking up a call that is ringing at a target phone number. Group call pickup is used for picking
up a call that is ringing at any phone number in a certain group. The pickup group should be
predefined, contact your system administrator for more information.
You can pick up an incoming call by using DPickup/GPickup. To use call pickup, you need to
configure the call pickup code beforehand on a global or per-line basis via web user interface.
The call pickup code configured on a per-line basis takes precedence over that configured on a
global basis.
If there are many incoming calls at the same time, tapping GPickup on the phone will pick up the
Image_851_0
call that rings first.
__rendered_path__147
ed Call Pickup
To enable directed call pickup and configure the directed call pickup code on a global
basis via web user interface:
1. Click on Features->Call Pickup.
2. Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Directed Call Pickup.
3. Enter the directed call pickup code in the Directed Call Pickup Code field.
Image_1738_0
__rendered_path__146
4. Click Confirm to accept the change.
To configure the directed call pickup code on a per-line basis via web user interface:
1. Click on Account->Advanced.
2. Select the desired account from the pull-down list of Account.

Page 189
Basic Call Features
__rendered_path__3
3. Enter the directed call pickup code in the Directed Call Pickup Code field.
Image_1742_0
__rendered_path__91
4. Click Confirm to accept the change.
To pick up a call directly:
1. Pick up the handset, tap the line key or press the Speakerphone key.
The DPickup appears on the on-screen keypad.
Image_1743_0
__rendered_path__93
2. Tap DPickup on your phone when the target phone receives an incoming call.
3. Enter the phone number which is receiving an incoming call.
4. Tap DPickup again.
The call is answered on your phone.
You can also configure a DSS key as a direct pickup key via phone user interface or web user
interface. Once configured, you can pick up a call by tapping the direct pickup key directly. For
more information, refer to DSS Keys on page 110.
179

Page 190
To enable group call pickup and configure the group call pickup code on a global basis via
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Group Call Pickup
web user interface:
1. Click on Features->Call Pickup.
2. Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Group Call Pickup.
3. Enter the group call pickup code in the Group Call Pickup Code field.
4. Click Confirm to accept the change.
To configure the group call pickup code on a per-line basis via web user interface:
1. Click on Account->Advanced.
2. Select the desired account from the pull-down list of Account.
180
Image_1745_0__rendered_path__72

Page 191
Basic Call Features
To pick up a call in the group:
__rendered_path__3
3.
4.
1.
2.
Enter the group call pickup code in the Group Call Pickup Code field.
Image_1747_0
Click Confirm to accept the change.
__rendered_path__61
Pick up the handset, tap the line key or press Speakerphone key.
The GPickup appears on the on-screen keypad.
Image_1748_0
__rendered_path__63
Tap GPickup on your phone when a phone in the group receives an incoming call.
The call is answered on your phone.
181

Page 192
User Guide for the SIP
Anonymous Call
__rendered_path__5
Note
Note
182
-T48S IP Phone
You can also configure a DSS key as a group pickup key via phone user interface or web user
interface. Once configured, you can pick up a call by tapping the group pickup key directly. For
more information, refer to DSS Keys on page 110.
The directed call pickup code and group call pickup code are predefined on the system server.
Image_1753_0
Contact your system administrator for more information.
The call pickup code configured on a per-line basis takes precedence over that configured on a
global basis.
__rendered_path__123
You can use anonymous call to block your identity and phone number from appearing to the
called party when you call someone. For example, you want to call to consult some of the
services, but don’t want to be harassed. Anonymous call is configurable on a per-line basis. You
can also configure the phone to send anonymous call on/off code to the server to
activate/deactivate anonymous call on the server side.
Anonymous call is not available on all servers. Contact your system administrator for the
Image_803_0
anonymous call on code and off code.
__rendered_path__114
To configure anonymous call via phone user interface:
Image_856_0
1. Tap ->Features->Anonymous.
2. Tap the desired line.
3. Tap the On radio box of the Local Anonymous field.
4. (Optional.) Tap the On Code or Off Code radio box of the Send Anony Code field.
5. (Optional.) Enter the anonymous call on code and off code respectively in the On Code and
Off Code field.
The phone will send the configured on code or off code depending on your selection when
you enable or disable anonymous call feature on the phone.
Image_1752_0__rendered_path__113

Page 193
Basic Call Features
__rendered_path__3
6. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Image_835_0Image_1757_0
Anonymous call is configurable via web user interface at the path Account->Basic.
To place an anonymous call:
1. Using the specific line on the phone to place a call to phone B.
The touch screen of phone B prompts an incoming call from anonymity.
Image_1756_0
__rendered_path__127
Anonymous Call Rejection
You can use anonymous call rejection to reject incoming calls from anonymous callers.
Anonymous call rejection automatically rejects incoming calls from callers who deliberately
block their identities and numbers from being displayed. Anonymous call rejection is
configurable on a per-line basis. You can also configure the phone to send anonymous call
rejection on/off code to the server to activate/deactivate anonymous call rejection on the server
side.
To configure anonymous call rejection via phone user interface:
Image_869_0
1. Tap ->Features->Anonymous.
2. Tap the desired line.
3. Tap the On radio box of the Local Anony Reject field.
4. (Optional.) Tap the On Code or Off Code radio box of the Send Rejection Code field.
5. (Optional.) Enter the anonymous call rejection on code and off code respectively in the On
Code and Off Code field.
183

Page 194
User Guide for the SIP
__rendered_path__5
184
-T48S IP Phone
The phone will send the configured on code or off code depending on your selection when
you enable or disable anonymous call rejection feature on the phone.
Image_1760_0
__rendered_path__51
6. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Image_835_0Image_1762_0
Anonymous call rejection is configurable via web user interface at the path Account->Basic.
If phone B has anonymous call feature enabled and places a call to your IP phone, the call will be
rejected, and the touch screen of the phone B will display the following:
Image_1761_0__rendered_path__51

Page 195
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__134
This chapter provides operating instructions for the advanced features of the SIP-T48S IP phone.
Topics include:
Busy Lamp Field (BLF)
BLF List
Call Recording
Hot Desking
Intercom
Multicast Paging
Music on Hold
Automatic Call Distribution (ACD)
Shared
Call Appearance (SCA)
Bridge
d
Line Appearance (BLA)
Messages
If you require additional information or assistance with your new phone, contact your system
administrator.
Busy Lamp Field (BLF)
You can use BLF to monitor a specific line for status changes on the phone. For example, you
can configure a BLF key on the phone to monitor the status of a friend’s line (busy or idle). The
BLF key icon illuminates solid red when the friend’s line is in use.
Configuring the BLF Feature on the IP Phone
You need to configure the IP phone to perform BLF monitoring IP phones being monitored do
not require any configuration.
Configuring a BLF Key
To configure a BLF key via phone user interface:
Image_869_0
1. Tap ->Features->DSS Keys.
2. Tap the desired line key.
3. Tap the gray box of the Type field, and then select BLF from the pull-down list.
4. Tap the gray box of the Account ID field, and then select the desired line from the
pull-down list.
185

Page 196
User Guide for the SIP
Configuring
__rendered_path__5
186
-T48S IP Phone
5. (Optional.) Enter the string that will appear on the touch screen in the Label field.
6. Enter the phone number or extension you want to monitor in the Value field.
7. (Optional.) Enter the directed call pickup code in the Extension field.
If it is configured, when the monitored user receives an incoming call, the supervisor can
tap the BLF key to pick up the call directly.
Image_1777_0
__rendered_path__143
8. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Image_835_0Image_1778_0
BLF key is configurable via web user interface at the path Dsskey->Line key.
Visual and Audio Alert for BLF Pickup
You can enable visual alert feature for BLF pickup on the phone. This allows the LCD screen of
the monitoring phone to display the caller ID when the monitored line receives an incoming call.
You can also enable audio alert feature for BLF pickup on the phone. If audio alert feature for
BLF pickup is enabled, you can specify a desired ring tone to play when the monitored line
receives an incoming call.
To enable visual and audio alert features via web user interface:
1. Click on Features->Call Pickup.
2. Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Visual Alert for BLF Pickup.

Page 197
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
3. Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Audio Alert for BLF Pickup.
4. Click Confirm to accept the change.
Note
Visual and audio alert features are configurable via web user interface only.
To configure BLF ring type via phone user interface:
Image_1013_0
1.
Tap ->Basic->Sound->BLF Ring Type.
2.
Tap or to scroll through the list of available ring tones.
Image_930_0Image_928_0
3.
Tap the desired ring tone.
Image_1782_0
__rendered_path__103
4.
(Optional.) Press to adjust the ringer volume.
Image_1096_0
5.
Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Image_835_0Image_1785_0
BLF ring type is configurable via web user interface at the path Features->Call Pickup.
When the monitored line receives an incoming call, the following occurs on your phone:
The phone plays a
specific ring
tone (if enabled).
Image_1781_0
__rendered_path__101__rendered_path__104Image_1783_0
187

Page 198
User Guide for the SIP
Configuring
__rendered_path__5
Note
Note
188
-T48S IP Phone
The BLF key
icon flashes
red.
The caller ID appears on the touch screen (if enabled).
In the following figure, the touch screen shows an incoming call from 1008 on the monitored
line.
Image_1792_0
__rendered_path__106
You can do the following actions:
-
Tap the
Pick
U
p
soft key to pick up the call.
-
Tap the
Send
soft key to dial out the monitored phone number.
-
Tap the
New
Call
soft key to place a new call.
-
Tap the
Cancel
soft key to exit the screen.
If your phone is locked, you cannot use the Pick Up, Send, New Call and Cancel soft keys until
Image_1361_0
unlocked. For more information, refer to Phone Lock on page 60.
__rendered_path__107
Directed Call Pickup Code
If you configure the directed call pickup code in advance, you can pick up the monitored user’s
incoming call by tapping the BLF key. You can configure the directed call pickup code when
configuring a BLF key. For more information, refer to Configuring a BLF Key on page 185. You
can also configure the directed call pickup code on a global or per-line basis via web user
interface.
If you enable visual alert feature, you can also pick up the monitored user’s incoming call by
tapping the DPickup soft key. To use DPickup soft key to pick up the call, the call pickup code
can only be configured on a global or per-line basis via web user interface.
The pickup code is used in the following order of preference: Extension (Dsskey->Line
Image_1795_0
Key)>Directed Call Pickup Code (Account->Advanced)>Directed Call Pickup Code
(Features->Call Pickup). If pickup code is not configured, tapping the BLF key/DPickup soft key
__rendered_path__136
will directly call the monitored user when he/she receives an incoming call.

Page 199
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
To configure the directed call pickup code on a global basis via web user interface:
1.
Click on Features->Call Pickup.
2.
Enter the desired pickup code in the Directed Call Pickup Code field.
3.
Click Confirm to accept the change.
To configure the directed call pickup code on a per-line basis via web user interface:
1.
Click on Account->Advanced.
2.
Select the desired account from the pull-down list of Account.
3.
Enter the desired pickup code in the Directed Call Pickup Code field.
4.
Click Confirm to accept the change.
Image_1798_0
__rendered_path__74
Image_1742_0__rendered_path__76
189

Page 200
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Configuring Transfer Mode on DSS Key
When there is an active call on the IP phone, you can handle the active call differently using a
BLF key. The phone behavior depends on the configuration of transfer mode via DSS key with
the BLF key.
To configure the transfer mode on DSS key via web user interface:
1.
Click on Features->Transfer.
2.
Select the desired transfer mode from the pull-down list of Transfer Mode via Dsskey.
If you select
Blind Transfer
,
tap
the BLF key to blind transfer the call to the
monitored user.
If you select
Attended Transfer
,
tap
the BLF key to dial out the monitored phone
number and then perform an attended or a semi-attended transfer.
If you select
New Call
,
tap
the BLF key to place a new call to the monitored user.
The original call is placed on hold.
Image_1800_0
__rendered_path__141
3.
Click Confirm to accept the change.
Note
Transfer Mode on DSS Key is also applicable to BLF list feature.
__rendered_path__142Image_1388_0
Using BLF Feature on the IP Phone
You can use the BLF key in the following ways:
Place a call to the monitored user.
Transfer a call to the monitored user.
Pick up an incoming call of the monitored user.
Placing a Call to the Monitored User
You can tap a BLF key to dial out the monitored phone number when the monitored line is idle.
To place a call to the monitored user when the IP phone is idle:
1.
Tap the BLF key.
The IP phone dials out the phone number of the monitored user.
190

Page 201
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
Transferring a Call to the Monitored User
When there is already an active call on the IP phone, you can transfer the active call to the
monitored user by tapping the BLF key. The phone handles the active call differently depending
on the configuration of transfer mode via DSS key with the BLF key (refer to Configuring
Transfer Mode on DSS Key). The transfer mode on DSS key has the following modes:
Blind Transfer
Attended Transfer
New Call
When the transfer mode on DSS key is set to Blind Transfer and there is already an active call
on the IP phone, you can do the following:
To perform a blind transfer:
1.
Tap the BLF key of the monitored user which you want to transfer this call to.
Then the active call is connected to the number of the monitored user.
When the transfer mode on DSS key is set to Attended Transfer and there is already an active
call on the IP phone, you can do the following:
To perform a semi-attended transfer:
1.
Tap the BLF key of the monitored user which you want to transfer this call to. The phone
will dial the number of the monitored user.
2.
Tap the BLF key of the monitored user again or the Transfer soft key to complete the
transfer when receiving ringback.
To perform an attended transfer:
1.
Tap the BLF key of the monitored user which you want to transfer this call to. The phone
will dial the number of the monitored user.
2.
Tap the BLF key of the monitored user again or the Transfer soft key to complete the
transfer after the monitored user answers the call.
When the transfer mode on DSS key is set to New Call and there is already an active call on the
IP phone, you can do the following:
To perform a new call:
1.
Tap the BLF key of the monitored user you want to call.
The phone will dial the number of the monitored user. The original call is placed on hold.
Picking up an Incoming Call of the Monitored User
When the monitored user receives an incoming call, the BLF key icon indicator of the monitored
Image_1804_0
user will become and flashing. You can use the BLF key to pick up an incoming call of the
monitored user. You can use the BLF key to pick up an incoming call of the monitored user. If
you enable visual alert feature on the phone, you can pick up the incoming call using the
191

Page 202
User Guide for the SIP
arking a Call/
BLF List
__rendered_path__5
Note
P
Note
192
-T48S IP Phone
DPickup soft key. Before picking up an incoming call, ensure that the directed call pickup code
has been configured in advance.
To pick up an incoming call using the BLF key or the DPickup soft key:
1.
Tap the BLF key or the DPickup soft key.
The incoming call of the monitored user is answered on the IP phone.
If the directed call pickup code is not configured, the phone will place a call to the monitored
Image_1810_0
user instead of picking up an incoming call of the monitored user when you tap the BLF key or
the DPickup soft key.
__rendered_path__165
Retrieving a Parked Call to the Monitored User
You can press the desired BLF key to park a call or retrieve a parked call directly in FAC mode. It
should be pre-configured by your system administrator.
To park a call in FAC mode:
1.
During a call, tap the Park soft key (You may need to tap the More soft key to see the Park
soft key).
Image_926_0
2.
Tap to back to the idle screen, and then tap the desired BLF key to park the call to the
monitored user.
To retrieve a parked call in FAC mode:
1.
Tap the Retrieve soft key on the dialing screen.
Image_926_0
2.
Tap to back to the idle screen, and then tap the desired BLF key to retrieve a call that
is parked to the monitored user.
Make sure that the call park code/park retrieve code is configured via web user interface at the
Image_1814_0
path: Feature->Call Pickup. For more information, refer to FAC Mode on page 173.
__rendered_path__179
You can use the BLF List feature to monitor a list of users defined by your system administrator.
For example, your system administrator enables BLF List, and creates a BLF List URI (e.g.,
BLFList@example.com) including a list of user1, user2 on the server. The BLF List keys on the IP
phone can present the status of user1 and user2. The key icons illuminate flashing or solid
depending on the status of those users. For more BLF List key icon indicators, refer to LED
Instructions on page 9.
You can use the BLF List keys in the following ways:
When the monitored user is idle, tap the BLF list key to dial out the phone number.
When there is already an active call on the IP phone,
you can
transfer
the active call
to
the

Page 203
To configure BLF List settings via web user
__rendered_path__3
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Advanced Phone Features
monitored user by tapping the BLF List key. The phone handles the active call differently
depending on the configuration of transfer mode via Dsskey. For more information on the
transfer mode on DSS key, refer to refer to Configuring Transfer Mode on DSS Key on page
190.
When the monitored user receives an incoming call, tap the BLF list key to pick up the call
directly. Before picking up an incoming call, ensure that the BLF List Pickup Code has been
configured in advance. If the code is not configured, the phone will place a call to the
monitored user instead of picking up the incoming call of the monitored user when you
tap the BLF List key.
When there is a conversation on the monitored user, tap the BLF list key to barge in and
set up a conference call. Before barging in an active call, ensure that the BLF List Barge In
Code has been configured in advance. If the code is not configured, the phone will place a
call to the monitored user instead of barging in an active call of the monitored user when
you tap the BLF List key.
When a call is being parked against the monitored phone, tap the BLF List key to retrieve
the parked call from the monitored user. Before retrieving the parked call, ensure that the
BLF List Retrieve Call Parked Code has been configured in advance. If the code is not
configured, the phone will place a call to the monitored user instead of retrieving the
parked call when you tap the BLF List key.
interface:
Click on Account->Advanced.
Select the desired account from the pull-down list of Account.
Enter the BLF List URI in the BLF List URI field.
(Optional.) Enter the directed call pickup code in the BLF List Pickup Code field.
(Optional.) Enter the barge-in code in the BLF List Barge In Code field.
193

Page 204
User Guide for the SIP
Call Recording
__rendered_path__5
Note
Note
194
-T48S IP Phone
6.
(Optional.) Enter the park retrieve code in the BLF List Retrieve Call Parked Code field.
Image_1823_0
__rendered_path__76
7.
Click Confirm to accept the change.
For more information on BLF List URI/BLF List
Pickup Code/BLF List Barge In Code/BLF List
Image_1361_0
Retrieve Call Parked Code, contact your system administrator.
__rendered_path__111
According to the response message from the server, the IP phone will automatically configure
the BLF List keys beginning from the first unused DSS key (The default order of BLF list keys
assigned automatically is Line Key->Ext Key. To customize the assignment order, contact your
system administrator.). Once any DSS key is seized, the IP phone will skip to configure the next
DSS key.
You can receive a visual or/and an audio alert (if enabled) on your phone when the monitored
user receives an incoming call. For more information, refer to Configuring Visual and Audio Alert
for BLF Pickup on page 186.
The pickup code is used in the following order of preference:
Image_1826_0
BLF List Pickup Code (Account->Advanced)>Directed Call Pickup Code
(Account->Advanced)>Directed Call Pickup Code (Features->Call Pickup). If all of them are not
configured, tapping the BLF List key will directly call the monitored user when he/she receives an
incoming call. For more information on pickup code, refer to Call Pickup on page 178.
__rendered_path__77
The SIP-T48S IP phone supports local and server recording. If you insert a USB flash drive into
the USB port on your phone, you can record active calls on your phone. The recordings are

Page 205
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
saved as *.wav files on your USB flash drive. You can also record active calls by tapping a record
key on the phone (refer to Recording Using a Record Key). The recordings are saved on the
server.
Note
Before recording any call, especially those involving PSTN, it is necessary to know about the rules
Image_1835_0
and restrictions of any governing call-recording in the place you are in. It is also very important to
have the consent of the person you are calling before recording the conversation.
__rendered_path__71
Recording Using a USB Flash Drive
When the phone is idle, and you insert a USB flash drive into the USB port on your phone, the
Image_1833_0
phone will detect the USB flash drive and display a flashing icon . After detecting the USB
flash drive, the icon stops flashing and LCD screen prompts USB flash drive is connected..
Image_1832_0
__rendered_path__69
When there is an active call, and you insert a USB flash drive into the USB port on IP phone, the
LCD screen will prompt “USB flash drive is connected. Remaining recording time: XX:XX:XX”. For
more information on the available recording time, refer to Viewing the Storage Space on page
201.
195

Page 206
User Guide for the SIP
is not available by default. For more information, contact your
available:
Recording
soft key during a call.
__rendered_path__5
Note
Call
196
-T48S IP Phone
The following figure shows an example:
Recording using a USB flash drive
Image_1839_0
system administrator.
The size of a single recording file should be less than 2G.
__rendered_path__112
The Start REC soft key controls the recording function, and is
The
free space of USB flash d
rive is sufficient
When t
here are
one or more calls
connected
to
your
IP
phone
During an active call
When calls are on hold
or muted
During a
n
attended transfer
During a conference call
The Start REC soft key is not available when:
Y
ou place a new call
No
free space of USB flash drive
T
he phone prompts you to answer an incoming call
You can record active calls or conferences.
To record a call:
1. Tap the More soft key, and then tap the StartREC
Image_1838_0
__rendered_path__111

Page 207
During the recording, you can do the following:
__rendered_path__3
-
-
-
-
Advanced Phone Features
Image_566_0
The LCD screen displays the icon and recording duration.
Image_1842_0
__rendered_path__88
Image_1844_0
Tap the More soft key, and then tap the PauseREC soft key. Then appears on the
touch screen and the duration stops counting. The ResumeREC soft key appears on the
LCD screen. Both you and other parties are not recorded.
Tap the ResumeREC soft key to continue recording.
Tap the More soft key, and then tap the StopREC soft key. The StartREC soft key appears
on the LCD screen. Recording stops and the LCD screen prompts “Call has been
successfully recorded on USB device”.
Image_1843_0
__rendered_path__88
Tap the StartREC soft key to start recording again, the recording will be saved as a new
“.wav” file.
Image_1597_0
Press or tap the Hold soft key while recording, recording is paused. Then
Image_1844_0
appears on the touch screen and the duration stops counting. Both you and the callee are
not recorded.
Tap the Resume soft key to resume the call, the recording is continued.
Image_1598_0
Press while recording, the muted party is not recorded.
197

Page 208
User Guide for the SIP
__rendered_path__5
Note
198
-T48S IP Phone
-
If there is insufficient free space (30 minutes left) on the USB flash drive during recording,
the LCD screen prompts the following:
Image_1847_0
__rendered_path__61
Tap Cancel to return to the previous screen.
-
If there is insufficient free space (10 minutes left) on the USB flash drive during recording,
the LCD screen prompts the following:
Image_1848_0
__rendered_path__61
Tap the Cancel soft key to return to the previous screen.
If no free space of the USB flash drive during recording, recording is stopped and saved on the
USB flash drive automatically. The related soft keys during recording disappear. You cannot
record a call unless the space of your USB flash drive is released.
You can transfer or set up a conference call while recording. All the calls are recorded in the same
Image_1849_0
way and will be saved in as a “.wav” file.
__rendered_path__63
When you end a call while recording, the recording will be stopped and saved as *.wav file on
the USB flash drive automatically.

Page 209
Playing
__rendered_path__3
Note
Note
Advanced Phone Features
To stop recording while the phone records, do one of the following:
-
Tap the More soft key, and then tap the StopREC soft key.
The LCD screen prompts “Call has been successfully recorded on USB device”, the recording
icon and recording duration disappear.
Image_1852_0
__rendered_path__54
-
Tap the More soft key and then tap the End Call soft key.
The LCD screen prompts “Call has been successfully recorded on USB device”, the recording
icon and recording duration disappear, and the phone returns to the idle screen.
Image_1853_0
__rendered_path__54
Unplugging the USB flash drive during a recording call will stop call recording, the recording will
Image_803_0
be saved on the USB flash drive automatically.
__rendered_path__56
Back Recorded Calls
You can play back recorded calls on your phone. You can also browse and delete the recorded
files on the USB flash drive.
Playback can occur on either the phone itself or on a computer using an application capable of
Image_803_0
playing “.wav” files.
__rendered_path__56
199

Page 210
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
To browse the recorded files:
Image_856_0
1. Tap ->USB->Browse Audio.
The touch screen shows all recorded audio files in the Browse Audio list. The filename
consists of the recording time & date, the other party’s number/IP address/name (or the
first person’s number/IP address/name you called).
Image_1855_0
__rendered_path__90
2. Tap or to scroll through the recorded files if required.
Image_1859_0Image_930_0Image_928_0
3. Tap the desired audio or to play.
The touch screen shows the recording duration and the size of the recorded file.
Image_1856_0
__rendered_path__90
During the recording
playback, you can do the following:
__rendered_path__47
-
Tap to pause the playback. Then appears on the touch screen
Image_1861_0
Tap to continue the playback.
Image_1859_0
-
Drag the slider to skip forward the playback or rewind the playback.
Image_1859_0
-
Press to adjust the volume of audio output.
Image_1857_0
-
Tap to stop the playback.
Image_1863_0
-
Press the Speakerphone key, the HEADSET key, or pick up the handset to alternate among
200

Page 211
Deleting the Recorded File
Viewing the Storage Space
__rendered_path__3
Advanced Phone Features
Speakerphone, Headset and Handset modes.
If you are playing back a recorded call and an incoming call arrives on your phone, the playback
will be paused and the phone rings. You can tap again to continue to play the recording
Image_1859_0
when ending the call.
To delete a recorded file:
Image_856_0
1. Tap ->USB->Browse Audio.
Image_1867_0
2. Tap after the desired recording you want to delete.
The LCD screen prompts the following warning:
Image_1866_0
__rendered_path__84
3. Tap OK to confirm the deletion or Cancel to cancel.
You can view the storage space (e.g., total space, used space, free space) of the USB flash drive
on the phone.
201

Page 212
User Guide for the SIP
Recording Using a Record Key
__rendered_path__5
Note
202
-T48S IP Phone
To view the storage space:
Image_856_0
1.
Tap ->USB->Storage Space.
Image_1870_0
__rendered_path__99
You can record calls by tapping a record key on the phone. The SIP-T48S IP phone supports
record and URL record.
Two ways of call recording:
Record
: The phone sends a SIP INFO message containing a specific header “Record: on/off”
to trigger a recording.
URL Record
: The phone sends an HTTP URL request to
trigger a recording. Contact your
system administrator for the predefined URL.
Server recording is not available on all servers. Contact your system administrator for more
Image_732_0
information.
__rendered_path__100
The Record and URL Record keys control the recording function, and are available:
__rendered_path__101
During an active call
When calls are on hold or mute
d
During a blind or attended transfer
During a conference call
The Record and URL Record keys are not available when:
T
here
are
no connected calls on your phone
Y
ou place a new call

Page 213
Configuring a Record Ke
Configuring a
__rendered_path__3
Advanced Phone Features
y
To configure a record key via phone user interface:
Image_869_0
1. Tap ->Features->DSS Keys.
2. Tap the desired line key.
3. Tap the gray box of the Type field, and then select Key Event from the pull-down list.
4. Tap the gray box of the Key Type field, and then select Record from the pull-down list.
5. (Optional.) Enter the string that will appear on the touch screen in the Label field.
Image_1872_0
__rendered_path__158
6. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Image_835_0Image_1873_0
Record key is configurable via web user interface at the path Dsskey->Line Key.
URL Record Key
To configure a URL record key via phone user interface:
Image_869_0
1. Tap ->Features->DSS Keys.
2. Tap the desired line key.
3. Tap the gray box of the Type field, and then select URL Record from the pull-down list.
4. (Optional.) Enter the string that will appear on the touch screen in the Label field.
203

Page 214
User Guide for the SIP
Recording a Cal
__rendered_path__5
Note
204
-T48S IP Phone
5. Enter the URL (e.g., http://10.1.2.224/phonerecording.cgi) in the Value field.
Image_1877_0
__rendered_path__151
6. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Image_835_0Image_1878_0
URL record key is configurable via web user interface at the path Dsskey->Line Key.
l
To record a call:
1.
Tap the record key or URL record key during a call.
If the recording starts successfully, the recording icon will appear on the touch screen and
Image_1880_0
the icon of the record key or URL Record key changes to .
2.
Tap the record key or URL record key again to stop recording.
The recording icon disappears from the touch screen and the icon of the record key or URL
record key changes to .
Image_1882_0Image_1884_0
Recording status indicators you need to know:
__rendered_path__108__rendered_path__117
Circumstance
Icons on the touch screen
__rendered_path__109__rendered_path__113__rendered_path__117
A recording is started
appears on the touch screen
__rendered_path__109__rendered_path__118
A recording cannot be started
appears for 1 second
__rendered_path__108__rendered_path__110__rendered_path__117
A recording cannot be stopped
appears for 1 second, then goes back
__rendered_path__109__rendered_path__119
The recording box is full
appears for 1 second
__rendered_path__109__rendered_path__117
The call cannot be recorded
appears for 1 second
__rendered_path__113__rendered_path__114__rendered_path__117
You can listen to the recordings stored on your server system. For example, you can dial an
__rendered_path__120
access code to listen to the recordings.
__rendered_path__120
The way in which you listen to the recordings may be different depending on the server. Contact
__rendered_path__120__rendered_path__117__rendered_path__118__rendered_path__117__rendered_path__119__rendered_path__117__rendered_path__125__rendered_path__125__rendered_path__125__rendered_path__117__rendered_path__118__rendered_path__117__rendered_path__119__rendered_path__117__rendered_path__120__rendered_path__120__rendered_path__120__rendered_path__117__rendered_path__118__rendered_path__117__rendered_path__119__rendered_path__117__rendered_path__120__rendered_path__120__rendered_path__120__rendered_path__117__rendered_path__118__rendered_path__117__rendered_path__119__rendered_path__117__rendered_path__120__rendered_path__120__rendered_path__120__rendered_path__117__rendered_path__118__rendered_path__117__rendered_path__119__rendered_path__117__rendered_path__120__rendered_path__117__rendered_path__117__rendered_path__118__rendered_path__120__rendered_path__117__rendered_path__119__rendered_path__120__rendered_path__117__rendered_path__117__rendered_path__152Image_803_0Image_1886_0Image_1888_0Image_1890_0Image_1892_0Image_1894_0
your system administrator for more information.

Page 215
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
Hot Desking
Hot desking originates from the definition of being the temporary physical occupant of a work
station or surface by a particular employee. A primary motivation for hot desking is cost
reduction. This feature is regularly used in places where not all the employees are in the office at
the same time, or not in the office for very long, which means that actual personal offices would
be often vacant, consuming valuable space and resources.
You can use hot desking on the SIP-T48S IP phone to log out of existing accounts and then log
into a new account. As a result, many users can share the phone resource at different times. To
use this feature, you need to configure a hot desking key in advance.
Note
Hot desking is not available on all servers. Contact your system administrator for more
Image_1085_0
information.
__rendered_path__134
To configure a hot desking key via phone user interface:
Image_856_0
1. Tap ->Features->DSS Keys.
2. Tap the desired line key.
3. Tap the gray box of the Type field, and then select Key Event from the pull-down list.
4. Tap the gray box of the Key Type field, and then select Hot Desking from the pull-down
list.
5. (Optional.) Enter the string that will appear on the touch screen in the Label field.
Image_1897_0
__rendered_path__131
6. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Image_835_0Image_1898_0
Hot desking key is configurable via web user interface at the path Dsskey->Line Key.
205

Page 216
User Guide for the SIP
Registration configurations of all accounts on the phone will be cleared immediately.
__rendered_path__5
206
-T48S IP Phone
To use hot desking:
1. Tap the hot desking key when the phone is idle.
The touch screen prompts the following warning:
2. Tap OK.
The login wizard will be displayed as below:
3. Enter the login information in each field.
Image_835_0Image_1903_0
4. Tap the Save soft key to login or to cancel.
Image_1901_0
__rendered_path__58
Image_1902_0__rendered_path__60

Page 217
Intercom
Configuring the
Configuring a
__rendered_path__3
Note
Advanced Phone Features
Intercom is a useful feature in an office environment to quickly connect with the operator or the
secretary. You can tap the intercom key to automatically connect with a preconfigured target
extension for outgoing intercom calls, and the target extension will automatically answer
incoming intercom calls by default. You can also use intercom key to monitor a specific line for
status changes on the phone.
Intercom is not available on all servers. Contact your system administrator for more information.
__rendered_path__137Image_1634_0
Intercom Feature on the IP Phone
n Intercom Key
To configure an intercom key via phone user interface:
Image_869_0
1. Tap ->Features->DSS Keys.
2. Tap the desired line key.
3. Tap the gray box of the Type field, and then select Intercom from the pull-down list.
4. Tap the gray box of the Account ID field, and then select the desired line from the
pull-down list.
5. (Optional.) Enter the string that will appear on the touch screen in the Label field.
6. Enter the target extension number in the Value field.
7. (Optional.) Enter the directed call pickup code in the Extension field.
If it is configured, when the target extension receives an incoming call, the supervisor can
tap the intercom key to pick up the call directly. Contact your system administrator for
more information.
Image_1906_0
__rendered_path__136
8. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Image_835_0Image_1907_0
207

Page 218
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Intercom key is configurable via web user interface at the path Dsskey->Line Key.
Incoming Intercom Calls
The SIP-T48S IP phone supports to automatically answer an incoming intercom call by default.
The phone automatically plays a warning tone when it receives an incoming intercom call. In
addition, you can enable the phone to mute the microphone when it automatically answers an
incoming intercom call. You can also enable the phone to automatically answer an incoming
intercom call while there is already an active call on the phone. The active call is then placed on
hold.
Intercom features you need to know:
__rendered_path__48__rendered_path__61
Intercom Feature
Description
__rendered_path__49__rendered_path__56__rendered_path__61
Intercom
Allow
E
incoming intercom call.
nable or disable the IP phone to automatically answer an
__rendered_path__49__rendered_path__62
Intercom Mute
E
calls.
nable or disable the IP
phone
’s
microphone for
i
ntercom
__rendered_path__50__rendered_path__51__rendered_path__61
Intercom Tone
E
when
nable or disable the IP phone to
it
receives an incoming intercom call.
play a
warning tone
__rendered_path__49__rendered_path__63
Enable or disable the IP phone to automatically answer an
__rendered_path__49__rendered_path__61
Intercom Barge
incoming intercom call while there is already an active call
__rendered_path__57__rendered_path__58__rendered_path__61
on the phone.
__rendered_path__64
Intercom Allow
__rendered_path__64
You can enable or disable the phone to automatically answer an incoming intercom call. If
__rendered_path__64
Intercom Allow is enabled, the phone will automatically answer an incoming intercom call. If
__rendered_path__61
Intercom Allow is disabled, the phone will handle an incoming intercom call like a normal call
__rendered_path__62
instead of directly rejecting it. Intercom Allow is enabled by default.
__rendered_path__61
Note
Your administrator can set a period of delay time before the phone automatically answers
__rendered_path__63
intercom calls. Contact your system administrator for more information.
__rendered_path__61
Intercom Mute
__rendered_path__73
You can mute or un-mute the phone’s microphone for intercom calls automatically. If Intercom
__rendered_path__73
Mute is enabled, the microphone will be muted for intercom calls. If Intercom Mute is disabled,
__rendered_path__73
the microphone will work for intercom calls. Intercom Mute is disabled by default.
__rendered_path__61
Intercom Tone
__rendered_path__62
You can enable or disable the phone to play a warning tone when receiving an intercom call. If
__rendered_path__61
Intercom Tone is enabled, the phone will play a warning tone before answering the intercom call.
__rendered_path__63
If Intercom Tone is disabled, the phone will automatically answer the intercom call without
__rendered_path__61
warning. Intercom Tone is enabled by default.
__rendered_path__85
__rendered_path__85__rendered_path__85__rendered_path__61__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__61__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__61__rendered_path__73__rendered_path__73__rendered_path__73__rendered_path__61__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__61__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__61__rendered_path__108__rendered_path__61__rendered_path__61__rendered_path__62__rendered_path__108__rendered_path__61__rendered_path__63__rendered_path__108__rendered_path__61__rendered_path__61__rendered_path__164Image_803_0
208

Page 219
Using
__rendered_path__3
Note
Note
Advanced Phone Features
Intercom Barge
You can enable or disable the phone to automatically answer an incoming intercom call while
there is already an active call on the phone. If Intercom Barge is enabled, the phone will
automatically answer the intercom call and place the active call on hold. If Intercom Barge is
disabled, the phone will handle an incoming intercom call like a waiting call. Intercom Barge is
disabled by default.
To enable the phone to receive a new incoming call when it has an active call, make sure that call
Image_985_0
waiting feature is enabled on the phone in advance. For more information, refer to Call Waiting
on page 167.
__rendered_path__83
To configure intercom features via phone user interface:
Image_856_0
1. Tap ->Features->Intercom.
2. Make the desired changes.
Image_1911_0
__rendered_path__79
3. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Image_835_0Image_1912_0
Intercom features are configurable via web user interface at the path Features->Intercom.
Intercom
You can use the intercom key in the following ways:
Place a call to the target extension
P
ick up an in
coming call
of
the
target extension
To use the intercom key to pick up an incoming call, make sure the intercom subscription feature
Image_1085_0
is enabled. For more information, contact your system administrator.
__rendered_path__95
209

Page 220
User Guide for the SIP
ing
ing
Multicast Paging
__rendered_path__5
Plac
Pick
Note
210
-T48S IP Phone
an Intercom Call to the Target Extension
To place an intercom call when the target phone is idle:
1. Tap the intercom key.
The target extension plays a warning tone and automatically answers the call in the
hands-free (speakerphone) mode by default.
2. To end the intercom call, tap the intercom key again or the End Call soft key.
up an Incoming Call of the Target Extension
When the target extension receives an incoming call, the intercom key icon of the target
Image_663_0
extension will change to . If you configure the directed call pickup code in advance, you can
pick up the target extension’s incoming call by tapping the intercom key. You can configure the
directed call pickup code when configuring an intercom key. For more information, refer to
Configuring an Intercom Key on page 207.
To pick up an incoming call when the target phone is ringing:
1.
Tap the intercom key.
The incoming call of the target extension is answered on the IP phone.
If the directed call pickup code is not configured, the phone will place a call to the target
Image_1810_0
extension instead of picking up an incoming call of the target extension when you tap the
intercom key.
__rendered_path__171
You can use multicast paging to quickly and easily broadcast time sensitive announcements to
users who are listening to a specific multicast group and a specific channel. You can configure a
multicast paging key or the paging list key on the phone, which allows you to send a Real Time
Transport Protocol (RTP) stream to the pre-configured multicast address(es) and channel(s)
without involving SIP signaling. You can configure the phone to receive an RTP stream from
pre-configured multicast listening address(es) and channel(s) without involving SIP signaling.
You can specify up to 31 multicast listening addresses and channels.
The following describes 31 paging channels:
0
:
You can broadcast audio to channel 0. Note that the Yealink IP phones running old
firmware version (old paging mechanism) can be regarded as listening to channel 0. It is
the default channel.
1 to 25
:
You can broadcast audio to a specific channel. We recommend that you specify
these channels when broadcasting with Polycom IP phones which have 25 channels you
can listen to.
26 to 30
:
You can broadcast audio to a specific channel. We recommend that you specify
these channels when broadcasting with Yealink IP phones running new firmware version

Page 221
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
(new paging mechanism).
The IP phones will automatically ignore all incoming multicast paging calls on the different
channel.
Sending RTP Stream
To configure a multicast paging key via phone user interface:
Image_869_0
1. Tap ->Features->DSS Keys.
2. Tap the desired line key.
3. Tap the gray box of the Type field, and then select Key Event from the pull-down list.
4. Tap the gray box of the Key Type field, and then select Multicast Paging from the
pull-down list.
5. (Optional.) Enter the string that will appear on the touch screen in the Label field.
6. Enter the multicast IP address and port number (e.g., 224.5.6.20:10008) in the Value field.
The valid multicast IP addresses range from 224.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255.
7. Enter the desired channel in the Channel field.
The valid channel ranges from 0 to 30.
Image_1920_0
__rendered_path__125
8. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Image_835_0Image_1921_0
Multicast paging key is configurable via web user interface at the path Dsskey->Line Key.
211

Page 222
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
To configure a paging list key via phone user interface:
Image_856_0
1.
Tap ->Features->DSS Keys.
2.
Tap the desired line key.
3.
Tap the gray box of the Type field, and then select Key Event from the pull-down list.
4.
Tap the gray box of the Key Type field, and then select Paging List from the pull-down
list.
5.
(Optional.) Enter the string that will appear on the touch screen in the Label field.
Image_1924_0
__rendered_path__123
6.
Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Image_835_0Image_1926_0
Paging list key is configurable via web user interface at the path Dsskey->Line Key.
To configure paging list via phone user interface:
1.
Tap the paging list key when the phone is idle.
Image_869_0
If the paging list key is not configured, you can also tap ->Features->Paging List to
configure the paging list.
2.
Tap a desired paging group.
The default tag is Empty if it is not configured before.
Image_1925_0
__rendered_path__123
212

Page 223
Advanced Phone Features
Address
Paging list
delete
__rendered_path__3
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
To
1.
2.
3.
4.
Tap the Edit soft key.
Image_1931_0
__rendered_path__117
Enter the multicast IP address and port number (e.g., 224.5.6.20:10008) in the
field.
The valid multicast IP addresses range from 224.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255.
Enter the string that will appear on the touch screen in the Label field
Enter the desired channel in the Channel field.
The valid channel ranges from 0 to 30.
Tap the Save soft key to accept the change.
Repeat steps 2 to 7, you can add more paging groups.
is configurable via web user interface at the path Directory->Multicast IP.
a paging group via phone user interface:
Tap the paging list key when the phone is idle.
Tap a desired paging group.
Tap the Delete soft key.
Image_1932_0
__rendered_path__117
Tap OK to accept the change or Cancel to cancel.
213

Page 224
User Guide for the SIP
Receiving RTP Stream
__rendered_path__5
Note
Note
214
-T48S IP Phone
If you want to delete all paging groups, you can tap the Delete All soft key.
You can also configure the phone to use a default codec for sending multicast RTP stream via
web user interface.
To configure a default codec for multicast paging via web user interface:
1. Click on Features->General Information.
2. Select the desired codec from the pull-down list of Multicast Codec.
The default codec is G722.
Image_1934_0
__rendered_path__76
3. Click Confirm to accept the change.
Image_1935_0
If G722 codec is used for multicast paging, the touch screen will display the icon to indicate
Image_1937_0Image_1935_0
that it is providing high definition voice.
Default codec for multicast paging is configurable via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__78
You can configure the phone to receive a Real Time Transport Protocol (RTP) stream from the
pre-configured multicast address(es) and channel(s) without involving SIP signaling. You can
specify up to 31 multicast addresses and channels that the phone listens to on the network.
RTP stream is listened in the hands-free (speakerphone) mode by default. If you want to listen the
Image_1939_0
RTP stream using the engaged audio device (speakerphone, handset or headset), contact your
system administrator for more information.
Fixed volume to play RTP stream for specified paging group is configurable by your system
__rendered_path__93
administrator.

Page 225
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
How the phone handles incoming multicast paging calls depends on Paging Barge, Ignore DND
and Paging Priority Active parameters configured via web user interface.
Paging Barge
The paging barge parameter defines the priority of the voice call in progress. If the priority of an
incoming multicast paging call is lower than that of the active call, it will be ignored
automatically. Valid values in the Paging Barge field:
1 to 31
: Define the priority of the active call, 1 with the highest priority, 31
with the lowest.
Disabled
: The voice call in progress will take precedence over all incoming paging calls.
Ignore DND
The ignore DND parameter defines the lowest priority of multicast listening address from which
the phone can receive an RTP stream when DND is activated. If a priority is selected from the
pull-down list of Ignore DND, the phone will ignore incoming multicast paging calls with lower
priorities when DND is activated in phone mode. Valid values in the Ignore DND field:
1 to 31
:
Define the low
est priority of the multicast listening address from which the phone
can receive an RTP stream, 1 with the highest priority, 31 with the lowest.
Disabled
:
All the incoming multicast paging calls will be ignore
d
when DND
is activated
in
phone mode.
The phone will automatically answer all incoming multicast paging calls when DND is activated
in custom mode.
Paging Priority Active
The paging priority active parameter decides how the phone handles incoming multicast paging
calls when there is already a multicast paging call on the phone. If enabled, the phone will
ignore incoming multicast paging calls with lower priorities, otherwise, the phone will answer
incoming multicast paging calls automatically and place the previous multicast paging call on
hold. If disabled, the phone will automatically ignore all incoming multicast paging calls.
To configure multicast listening addresses via web user interface:
1. Click on Directory->Multicast IP.
2. Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Paging Barge.
3. Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Ignore DND.
4. Select the desired value from the pull-down list of Paging Priority Active.
5. Enter the multicast IP address(es) and port number (e.g., 224.5.6.20:10008) which the phone
listens to for incoming RTP multicast in the Listening Address field.
6. (Optional.) Enter the label in the Label field.
Label will appear on the touch screen when receiving the multicast RTP stream.
7. Select the desired channel to listen from the pull-down list of Channel.
215

Page 226
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
The default channel is 0.
Image_1948_0
__rendered_path__66
8. Click Confirm to accept the change.
Note
The priorities of listening addresses are predefined: 1 with the highest priority, 31 with the lowest.
Image_1950_0
Multicast listening addresses are configurable via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__69
Using Multicast Paging
To send RTP stream via a multicast paging key when the receiver’s phone is idle:
1. Tap the multicast paging key when the phone is idle.
The phone sends RTP to a preconfigured multicast address (IP: Port).
Both the sender’s and receiver’s phones play a warning tone and the receiver automatically
answers the multicast RTP session in the hands-free (speakerphone) mode.
Image_1952_0
The multicast paging key icon indicator will become and solid.
The following figure shows a multicast RTP session on the phone:
Image_1949_0
__rendered_path__68
216

Page 227
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
2. You can do the following:
Tap
the
Hold
soft key to
place
the current multicast RTP session on hold.
The sender’s phone places the multicast RTP session on hold and receiver’s phone
releases the session.
To resume the held multicast RTP session, tap the Resume soft key.
The multicast RTP session is established again.
Tap
the
End
Call
soft key to
end
the multicast RTP session.
Note
Multicast RTP is one way only from the sender to the multicast address(es) (receiver). For
Image_803_0
outgoing RTP multicasts, all other existing calls on the phone will be placed on hold.
__rendered_path__123
To send RTP stream via a paging key list when the receiver’s phone is idle:
1.
Tap the paging list key when the phone is idle.
2.
Tap the desired paging group.
Image_1955_0
__rendered_path__122
3.
Tap the Paging soft key to send RTP.
4.
Your can do the following:
Tap
the
Hold
soft key to place the current multicast RTP session on hold.
The sender’s phone places the multicast RTP session on hold and receiver’s phone
releases the session.
To resume the held multicast RTP session, tap the Resume soft key.
The multicast RTP session is established again.
Tap
the
End
Call
soft key to
end the multicast RTP session.
Music on Hold (MoH)
Music on hold (MoH) is the business practice of playing recorded music to fill the silence that
217

Page 228
User Guide for the SIP
Automatic Call Distribution (ACD)
__rendered_path__5
Note
Note
218
-T48S IP Phone
would be heard by the party placed on hold. To use this feature, you should specify a SIP URI
pointing to a Music on Hold Server account. When a call is placed on hold, the phone will send a
SIP INVITE message to the Music on Hold Server account. The Music on Hold Server account
automatically answers the SIP INVITE messages and immediately plays audio from some source
located anywhere (LAN, Internet) to the held party. Contact your system administrator for the
SIP URI.
If your server supports the MOH feature, you can also upload the custom music file into it
Image_1960_0
directly. For more information, contact your service provider.
__rendered_path__101
To configure music on hold server via web user interface:
1. Click on Account->Advanced.
2. Select the desired account from the pull-down list of Account.
3. Enter the SIP URI (e.g., sip:moh@sip.com) in the Music Server URI field.
Image_1957_0
__rendered_path__91
4. Click Confirm to accept the change.
When you place a call on hold, music will be played to the held party.
For this feature to function, all involved parties cannot use encrypted RTP (SRTP).
Image_1958_0
Music on hold server is configurable via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__92
ACD is often used in offices for customer service, such as call center. The ACD system handles
large volumes of incoming calls from callers who have no need to talk to a specific person but
who require assistance from any of multiple persons at the earliest opportunity. ACD on the

Page 229
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
SIP-T48S IP phone allows the ACD system to distribute large volumes of incoming calls to the
registered ACD users. To use this feature, you should configure an ACD key in advance. For
more information on ACD key icon indicators, refer to Icon Instructions on page 3.
Note
Make sure ACD is enabled on your IP phone. For more information, contact your system
Image_1966_0
administrator.
__rendered_path__116
To configure an ACD key via phone user interface:
Image_869_0
1. Tap ->Features->DSS Keys.
2. Tap the desired line key.
3. Tap the gray box of the Type field, and then select ACD from the pull-down list.
4. (Optional.) Enter the string that will appear on the touch screen in the Label field.
Image_1965_0
__rendered_path__115
5. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Image_835_0Image_1968_0
ACD key is configurable via web user interface at the path Dsskey->Line Key.
To log into the ACD system:
1. Tap the ACD key when the phone is idle.
The touch screen prompts you the following information:
219

Page 230
User Guide for the SIP
__rendered_path__5
Note
Note
220
-T48S IP Phone
User ID: the identity used to log into the queue.
Password: the password used to log into the queue.
Image_1971_0
__rendered_path__76
2. Tap the Login soft key to log in.
Contact your system administrator for the User ID and Password to access the ACD system.
__rendered_path__88Image_1972_0
After configuring an ACD key, you can tap the ACD key to log into the ACD system. After logging
in, you are ready to receive calls from the ACD system. You can tap the ACD key to show your
current ACD user status. You can tap the Available/Unavailable soft key to change your ACD
user status. ACD user status synchronizes on both IP phone and ACD system.
Image_676_0
When you set the ACD user status to be available, the ACD key icon indicator will become
and solid, and then the server begins distributing calls to your IP phone.
Image_676_0
When you set the ACD user status to be unavailable, the ACD key icon indicator will become
and flashing, and then the server temporarily stops distributing calls to your IP phone. To log
out of the ACD system, tap the Logout soft key.
It is recommended you configure no more than one ACD key per phone.
At any time, at most one
__rendered_path__77Image_803_0
ACD key can be in progress on your phone.

Page 231
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
Shared Call Appearance (SCA)
You can use SCA feature to share an extension which can be registered on two or more IP
phones at the same time. The shared line is indicated by a different line icon.
In the following figure, the first line is private and the second line is shared:
Image_1975_0
__rendered_path__60
If two phones share a line, an incoming call to this extension will cause both phones to ring
simultaneously. The incoming call can be answered on either phone but not both.
This feature is very useful in the boss and secretary scenario. For example, the secretary can
share the boss's extension on her phone. When there is an incoming call to the extension of the
boss, both the phones of the boss and the secretary will ring simultaneously. Either the boss or
the secretary can answer the call. Calls on the shared line can be placed on hold, barged in or
retrieved from another shared phone.
221

Page 232
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Configuring SCA Feature on the IP Phone
You can configure a primary account on the IP phone and other alternate accounts on the other
IP phones. In a SCA Hybrid Key System scenario, you can automatically assign multiple DSS keys
with Line type for a registered shared line on the phone (If auto linekeys feature is enabled). For
example, party A, party B share the account 4603, phone A registers the primary account 4603
and assigns line key 1 and line key 2 for the account 4603, phone B registers the alternate
account 4603_1 and assigns line key 1 and line key 2 for the account 4603_1, phone C registers
the account 4604.
Image_1977_0
To configure the auto linekeys feature via web user interface:
1.
Click on Features->General Information.
2.
Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Auto LineKeys.
222

Page 233
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
If Auto LineKeys is enabled, you can automatically assign multiple DSS keys with Line
type for a registered shared line on the phone.
Image_1979_0
__rendered_path__43
3.
Click Confirm to accept the change.
To configure the shared line settings and the number of line key on phone A via web user
interface:
1.
Register the primary account 4603.
Image_1980_0
__rendered_path__45
223

Page 234
User Guide for the SIP
__rendered_path__5
224
-T48S IP Phone
2.
Click on Advanced, and then select Shared Call Appearance from the pull-down list of
Shared Line.
3.
Enter the desired number in the Number of line key field.
This field appears only if Auto Linekeys is enabled.
The default value is 1. In this example, the value is set to 2.
Image_1982_0
__rendered_path__81
4.
Click Confirm to accept the change.
The phone A will automatically configure the line keys from the first unused DSS key, according
to the configured number in the Number of line key field.
To configure the shared line settings and the number of line key on phone B via web user
interface:
1.
Register the alternate account 4603_1.

Page 235
from the pull
__rendered_path__3
2.
3.
(Enter the primary account 4603 in the Register Name field.)
Image_1984_0
Click on Advanced, and then select Shared Call Appearance
__rendered_path__52
Shared Line.
Enter the desired number in the Number of line key field.
This field appears only if Auto Linekeys feature is enabled.
The default value is 1. In this example, the value is set to 2.
Advanced Phone Features
-down list of
Image_1982_0__rendered_path__54
225

Page 236
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
4.
Click Confirm to accept the change.
The phone B will automatically configure the line keys from the first unused DSS key, according
to the configured number in the Number of line key field.
Configuring private hold soft key or private hold key
Public hold allows any shared line to retrieve the held call. Private hold only allows the hold
party to retrieve the held call. For example, you can retrieve the held call on either phone A or
phone B when you place a call on public hold; you can retrieve the held call only on phone A
when you place a call on private hold on phone A. By default, the private hold soft key isn’t
displayed on the touch screen. You need to configure either the private hold soft key or a
private hold key before you place the call on private hold.
To configure the private hold soft key via web user interface:
1.
Click on Settings->Softkey Layout.
2.
Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Custom Softkey.
3.
Select On Talk from the pull-down list of Call States.
4.
Select PriHold from the Unselected Softkeys column and then click .
Image_1135_0
The PriHold appears in the Selected Softkeys column.
Image_1986_0
__rendered_path__173
5.
Click Confirm to accept the change.
Note
Configuring the private hold soft key may affect the softkey layout in the Talking state. Contact
Image_1966_0
your administrator for more information.
__rendered_path__175
To configure a private hold key via phone user interface:
Image_856_0
1. Tap ->Features->DSS Keys.
2. Tap the desired line key.
3. Tap the gray box of the Type field, and then select Key Event from the pull-down list.
226

Page 237
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
4. Tap the gray box of the Key Type field, and then select Private Hold from the pull-down
list.
5. (Optional.) Enter the string that will appear on the touch screen in the Label field.
Image_1988_0
__rendered_path__99
6. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Image_835_0Image_1990_0
Configuring call pull feature
Call pull feature allows users to retrieve an existing call from another shared phone that is in
active or public hold status.
To configure the call pull feature access code via web user interface:
1.
Click on Account->Advanced.
2.
Select the desired account from the pull-down list of Account.
3.
Enter the call pull feature access code (e.g., *11) in the Call Pull Feature Access Code field.
Image_1989_0
__rendered_path__101
227

Page 238
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
4.
Click Confirm to accept the change.
The phone will dial out “*11” automatically when you tap the Call Pull soft key.
Using SCA Feature on the IP Phone
This section provides you with detailed information on using the SIP-T48S IP phone in a SCA
Hybrid Key System scenario. In a SCA Hybrid Key System scenario, the status of the line key icon
which associates with a shared line will change. For more information on line key icon indicators,
refer to Line Key Icons on page 4.
You can do the following using the IP phone in a SCA Hybrid Key System scenario:
Placing calls
Answering calls
P
lac
ing a
call on hold
Retrieving a held call
Barg
ing
i
n
an active call
Call Pu
ll
Placing Calls
You can have one call or multiple calls on the shared line.
To place a call on the shared line:
Do one of following:
Image_1530_0Image_1071_0
-
Enter the desired number using the keypad when the phone is idle. Press , , or
tap Send.
The phone will dial the entered number using the first line key.
-
Tap the line key when the phone is idle to enter the dialing screen.
Image_1530_0Image_1071_0
Enter the desired number using the keypad and then press , , or tap Send.
The phone will dial the entered number using the selected line key.
To place multiple calls on the shared line:
You can have more than one call on the shared line. To place a new call when there is an active
call on the line key 1 of phone A, do one of the following on phone A:
Image_1543_0
-
Press or tap the Hold soft key. The original call is placed on hold.
Tap the New Call soft key to enter the dialing screen.
Enter the desired number using the keypad.
Image_1530_0Image_1071_0
Press , , or tap Send.
Phone A will dial the entered number using the line key 2 automatically.
228

Page 239
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
-
Tap the line key. The original call is placed on hold.
Enter the desired number using the keypad.
Image_528_0Image_1071_0
Press , , or tap Send.
Phone A will dial the entered number using the selected line key.
Answering Calls
You can have one call or multiple calls on the shared line. Incoming calls will be distributed
evenly among the available line keys.
To answer a call on the shared line:
When an incoming call arrives on the shared line, the phone A and phone B will ring
simultaneously, and the icon indicators of the line key 1 on both phone A and phone B will
Image_694_0
become and flashing. You can answer the incoming call on either phone A or phone B but
not both.
Do one of the following on phone A or phone B:
Image_823_0
-
Tap the line key 1, , or tap the Answer soft key on phone A.
Image_1525_0
The icon indicators of the line key 1 on phone A and phone B will become and solid.
Image_823_0Image_686_0
-
Tap the line key 1, , or tap the Answer soft key on phone B.
Image_1525_0
The icon indicators of the line key 1 on phone A and phone B will become and solid.
Image_686_0
To answer multiple calls on the shared line:
An incoming call arrives on the shared line when there is an active call on phone A’s line key 1.
Image_694_0
The icon indicators of the line key 2 on both phone A and phone B will become and
flashing. You can answer the incoming call on either phone A or phone B. The touch screen of
phone A displays the information of the incoming call (e.g., “Incoming Call: pbx.yealink.com”).
Image_1996_0
__rendered_path__135
Note
Make sure call waiting feature is enabled on phone A. For more information, refer to Call Waiting
Image_732_0
on page 167.
__rendered_path__138__rendered_path__139
229

Page 240
User Guide for the SIP
ing a
__rendered_path__5
Note
Plac
230
-T48S IP Phone
Do one of the following on phone A:
-
Tap the line key 2. Phone B stops ringing.
-
Tap the Answer soft key. Phone B stops ringing.
-
Tap the incoming call item.
Image_823_0
Press or tap the Answer soft key. Phone B stops ringing.
The incoming call is answered and the original call is placed on hold. The icon indicators of the
Image_688_0
line key 1 on phone A and phone B will become and solid indicating that there is the held
call on the line key 1. The icon indicators of the line key 2 on phone A and phone B will become
Image_686_0
and solid indicating that there is an active call on the line key 2.
You can also answer the call on phone B. Do one of the following on phone B:
-
Tap the line key 2. Phone A stops ringing.
Image_823_0
-
Press or tap the Answer soft key. Phone A stops ringing.
Image_686_0
The icon indicators of the line key 2 on phone A and phone B will become and solid
indicating that there is an active call on the line key 2. Meanwhile, the icon indicators of the line
Image_688_0
key 1 phone A and phone B will become and solid indicating that there is the held call on
the line key 1.
If the number of incoming calls is greater than the configured line keys, the line keys will be used
Image_2001_0
by sequence circulation.
__rendered_path__165
Call on Hold
__rendered_path__166
To place a call on public hold:
Image_1597_0
1.
Press or tap the Hold soft key on phone A when party A and party C are talking.
Image_2000_0
__rendered_path__163
The icon indicators of line key 1 on phone A and phone B will become .
Image_688_0

Page 241
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
To place a call on private hold:
1.
Tap the PriHold soft key or private hold key on phone A when there is an active call on the
shared line (You may need to tap the More soft key to see the PriHold soft key).
Image_2004_0
__rendered_path__108
The icon indicators of line key 1 on phone A will become when the shared line call is
Image_690_0
placed on private hold.
Retrieving a Held Call
To retrieve a call placed on public hold:
You can retrieve the public held call on either phone A or phone B.
To retrieve the call on phone A:
Image_688_0Image_1597_0
1.
Tap , press or tap the Resume soft key.
The conversation between phone A and phone C is retrieved.
To retrieve the call on phone B:
Do one of the following:
Image_688_0
-
Tap .
-
Long tap the desired line key.
231

Page 242
User Guide for the SIP
soft keys appear on the
scr
The conversation is established between phone B and phone C, phone A disconnects the call.
Barging
__rendered_path__5
232
-T48S IP Phone
The Cancel, Call Pull, New Call and Retrieve
Tap the Retrieve soft key to retrieve the call.
Image_686_0
And the line key icon on phone A and phone B will become .
To retrieve a call placed on private hold:
The private held call can be only retrieved by the hold party (party A).
Do the following:
Image_688_0Image_1543_0
1.
Tap , press or tap the Resume soft key on phone A.
The conversation between phone A and phone C is retrieved.
In an Active Call
To interrupt the active call on the shared line:
If phone A has only one active call, do the following:
1.
Long tap the desired line key on phone B.
touch
Image_2006_0
een.
__rendered_path__116

Page 243
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
The Cancel, Call Pull, New Call and Barge In soft keys appear on the touch screen of
phone B.
Image_2008_0
__rendered_path__143
2.
Tap the Barge In soft key to interrupt the active call of phone A.
Party B will set up a conference call with the other parties in the active call.
Image_1543_0
3.
Press , tap the Hold soft key or the End Call soft key.
Image_1543_0
-
If any party in the conference call presses or taps the Hold soft key, two-way
voice can be heard between the remaining parties.
-
If party A or party B taps the End Call soft key, the remaining parties are still connected.
If the other party (not the shared line party) taps the End Call soft key, the conference
call is ended.
You can also tap the line key with the solid red icon indicator on phone B to set up a conference
call with the other parties in the active call.
If phone A has more than one call, do the following:
1.
Long tap the desired line key on phone B.
The list of calls appears on the touch screen of phone B.
Image_2009_0
__rendered_path__143
2.
Tap the item to select the active call.
233

Page 244
User Guide for the SIP
Call
__rendered_path__5
234
-T48S IP Phone
The Cancel, Call Pull, New Call and Barge In soft keys appear when the active call is
highlighted.
Image_2011_0
__rendered_path__144
3.
Tap the Barge In soft key to interrupt the active call of phone A.
Party B may hear a warning tone and then set up a conference call with the other parties of
the active call.
Image_1543_0
4.
Press , tap the Hold soft key or the End Call soft key.
Image_1543_0
-
If any party in the conference call presses , taps the Hold soft key, two-way voice
can be heard between the remaining parties.
-
If party A or party B taps the End Call soft key, the remaining parties are still connected.
If the other party (not the shared line party) taps the End Call soft key, the conference
call is ended.
Pull
Call pull feature allows users to retrieve an existing call from another shared phone that is in
active or hold status. For example, when there is a call between phone A and phone C, you can
use call pull feature on phone B to retrieve this call from phone A. Then the call is established
between phone B and phone C.
To retrieve a call from another shared phone:
If there is an active call between phone A and phone C, do the following:
1.
Long tap the desired line key on phone B.

Page 245
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
The Cancel, Call Pull, New Call and Barge In soft keys appear on the touch screen of
phone B.
Image_2008_0
__rendered_path__111
2.
Tap the Call Pull soft key.
The active call has been retrieved from the phone A successfully.
If there is a held call between phone A and phone C, do the following:
1.
Long tap the desired line key on phone B.
The Cancel, Call Pull, New Call and Retrieve soft keys appear on the touch screen of
phone B.
Image_2006_0
2.
Tap the Call Pull soft key.
The held call has been retrieved from the phone A successfully.
Bridged Line Appearance (BLA)
BLA allows users to share a SIP line on two or more IP phones. Users can monitor the specific
extension (BLA number) for status changes on each IP phone. To use this feature, a BLA group
should be pre-configured on the server and one of them is specified as a BLA number. BLA
depends on support from a SIP server.
235

Page 246
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
In the following figure, the first line is private and the second line is shared:
Image_2014_0
__rendered_path__42
Any IP phone can be used to originate or receive calls on the bridged line. An incoming call to
the BLA number can be presented to multiple phones in the group simultaneously. The
incoming call can be answered on any IP phone of the group but not all.
Configuring BLA Feature on the IP Phone
You can share a BLA number on two or more phones. For example, phone A registers the
account 14019833020 and assigns BLA number, phone B registers the account 10462190020
and assigns BLA number, phone C registers the account 14755608020. Phone A and phone B
share the BLA number 14084588327.
Image_2015_0
236

Page 247
To register
__rendered_path__3
1.
2.
3.
4.
Advanced Phone Features
an account and configure BLA feature on phone A via web user interface:
Register the account 14019833020.
Image_2017_0
__rendered_path__59
Click on Advanced, and then select Draft BLA from the pull-down list of Shared Line.
Enter the desired number in the BLA Number field.
Image_2018_0
__rendered_path__61
Click Confirm to accept the change.
237

Page 248
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
To register an account and configure BLA feature on phone B via web user interface:
1.
Register the account 10462190020.
2.
Click on Advanced, and then select Draft BLA from the pull-down list of Shared Line.
3.
Enter the desired number in the BLA Number field.
4.
Click Confirm to accept the change.
238
Image_2020_0
__rendered_path__61Image_2018_0__rendered_path__63

Page 249
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
Using BLA Feature on the IP Phone
This section provides you with detailed information on using the SIP-T48S IP phone in a BLA
scenario. In a BLA scenario, the status of the line key icon which associates with a bridged line
will change. For more information on line key icon indicators, refer to Icon indicator (associated
with a bridged line) on page 8.
You can do the following using the IP phone in a BLA scenario:
Placing calls
Answering calls
Place a call on hold
Retrieving a held call
Placing Calls
You can have one call or multiple calls on the bridged line.
To place a call on the bridged line:
Do one of following:
-
Enter the desired number using the keypad when the phone is idle.
Image_1530_0Image_2025_0
Press , , or tap Send.
The phone will dial the entered number.
-
Tap the line key when the phone is idle to enter the dialing screen.
Image_1530_0
Enter the desired number using the keypad and then press , , or tap Send.
Image_2025_0
The phone will dial the entered number.
To place multiple calls on the bridged line:
You can have more than one call on the bridged line. To place a new call when there is an active
call on phone A, do one of the following on the phone A:
Image_1543_0
-
Press or tap the Hold soft key. The original call is placed on hold.
Tap the New Call soft key to enter the dialing screen.
Enter the desired number using the keypad.
Image_1530_0
Press , , or tap Send.
Image_2025_0
Phone A will dial the entered number.
-
Tap the line key. The original call is placed on hold.
Enter the desired number using the keypad.
Image_1530_0Image_2025_0
Press , , or tap Send.
Phone A will dial the entered number.
239

Page 250
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Answering Calls
When the phone C dials the BLA number “14084588327”, an incoming call will arrive on the
bridged line. The phone A and phone B ring simultaneously. You can answer the incoming call
on either phone A or phone B but not both.
Do one of the following on phone A or phone B:
Image_528_0
-
Press , or tap the Answer soft key on phone A.
Image_699_0Image_1525_0
Phone B stops ringing. The icon indicator of the line key on the phone A become and
prompts “Talking”. At the meanwhile, the icon indicator of the line key on the phone B
Image_699_0
become and prompts “Talking” indicating that there is an active call on the phone A.
Image_528_0
-
Press , or tap the Answer soft key on phone B.
Image_699_0Image_1525_0
Phone A stops ringing. The icon indicator of the line key on the phone B become and
prompts “Talking”. At the meanwhile, the icon indicator of the line key on the phone A
Image_699_0
become and prompts “Talking” indicating that there is an active call on the phone B.
Placing a Call on Hold
To place a call on hold:
Image_1543_0
1.
Press or tap the Hold soft key on phone A when party A and party C are talking.
Image_688_0
The icon indicator of the line key on the phone A and phone B become and
prompt ”Public Hold” when the bridged line call is placed on hold.
Retrieving a Held Call
If there is a held call between phone A and phone C, you can retrieve a held call on either phone
A or phone B.
To retrieve the held call on phone A:
Image_688_0Image_1543_0
2.
Tap , press or tap the Resume soft key on the phone A.
The conversation between phone A and phone C is retrieved.
To retrieve the held call on phone B:
Image_688_0
1.
Tap on phone B.
The conversation is established between phone B and phone C, phone A disconnects the
call.
Messages
Short Message Service (SMS)
You can send and receive text messages using the SIP-T48S IP phone. New text messages can
be indicated both acoustically and visually. When receiving a new text message, the phone will
240

Page 251
__rendered_path__3
Note
Note
Advanced Phone Features
play a warning tone. The power indicator LED will slowly flash red, and the touch screen will
prompt “n New Text Message(s)” (“n” indicates the number of unread text messages. e.g., 1 New
Image_548_0
Text Message(s)) and an icon .
Image_2028_0
__rendered_path__71
When the phone receives a text message, the text message prompt window will pop up by
Image_2032_0
default, if you want to disable the feature, contact your system administrator for more
information.
__rendered_path__80
You can store text messages in your phone’s Inbox, Sentbox, Outbox or Draftbox. Each of the
boxes can store up to 100 text messages. If the number of the text messages in one box is more
than 100, the phone will directly delete the oldest text message in the box.
SMS is not available on all servers. Contact your system administrator for more information.
__rendered_path__73Image_2030_0
To read a text message:
Image_856_0
1. Tap ->Message->Text Message->Inbox.
Image_2029_0
__rendered_path__71
241

Page 252
User Guide for the SIP
elect the desired account from the pull
SMS
__rendered_path__5
Note
242
-T48S IP Phone
2. Tap the desired text message to read.
If the phone prompts receiving new text messages, you can also tap View to read the new
Image_803_0
messages directly.
__rendered_path__127
To send a text message:
Image_856_0
1. Tap ->Message->Text Message->New Message.
2. Compose the new text message.
You can tap the IME soft key to change the input mode.
Image_2035_0
__rendered_path__126
3. Tap the gray box of the From field, and then s
list.
4. Enter the number you want to send the message to in the To field.
Image_835_0Image_2036_0
5. Tap the Send soft key to send message or to cancel.
You can also tap the Save soft key to save the text message to the draftbox.
Sending a text message is configurable via web user interface at the path Features->
To reply a text message:
Image_856_0
1. Tap ->Message->Text Message->Inbox.
2. Select the desired message and then tap the Reply soft key.
3. Compose the new text message.
-down
.

Page 253
Advanced Phone Features
To delete a text message:
__rendered_path__3
4.
5.
1.
2.
You can tap the IME soft key to change the input mode.
Image_2039_0
__rendered_path__82
Tap the Send soft key after completing the content.
Check the From and To fields, and then tap the Send soft key.
Image_856_0
Tap ->Message->Text Message->Inbox (Sentbox, Outbox or Draftbox).
Tap the desired message and then tap the Delete soft key.
Image_2040_0
__rendered_path__82
243

Page 254
User Guide for the SIP
Voice Mail
__rendered_path__5
Note
244
-T48S IP Phone
The touch screen prompts “Delete this message?”.
Image_2042_0
__rendered_path__68
3. Tap OK to delete this message or Cancel to cancel.
You can also delete all text messages by tapping the Delete All soft key. For more information,
refer to the above steps.
You can also delete a specific message by pressing the Delete soft key after viewing.
__rendered_path__72Image_2046_0
You can leave voice mails for someone else using the SIP-T48S IP phone. You can also listen to
the voice mails that are stored in a voice mailbox. This feature is set up on the server side. It is
not available on all servers.
When receiving a new voice mail, the phone will play a warning tone. The power indicator LED
will slowly flash red, and the touch screen will prompt “n New Voice Mail(s)” (“n” indicates the
Image_544_0Image_2044_0
number of unread voice messages, e.g., 19 New Voice Mail(s)) and an icon .
Image_2043_0
__rendered_path__68

Page 255
Advanced Phone Features
__rendered_path__3
If the voice mail pop-up message box disappears, it won't pop up again unless the user receives
a new voice mail or the user re-registers the account that has unread voice mail(s).
Note
You can configure the phone not to display the pop-up prompt, contact your system
Image_2052_0
administrator for more information.
Image_2058_0Image_2062_0
The icon on the status bar has a counter indicating the number of messages you haven’t
heard yet.
__rendered_path__119
To leave a voice mail:
You can leave a voice mail for someone else when he/she is busy or inconvenient to answer the
call. Follow the voice prompt from the system server to leave a voice mail, and then hang up.
To configure voice mail access codes via phone user interface:
Image_856_0
1. Tap ->Message->Voice Mail->Set Voice Mail Code.
2. Enter the voice mail access code (e.g., *4) in the desired account field.
You can tap the IME soft key to change the input mode.
Image_2049_0
__rendered_path__117
3. Tap the Save soft key to accept the change or to cancel.
Image_835_0Image_2056_0
Note
Voice mail access codes must be predefined on the system server. Contact your system
Image_851_0
administrator for the more information.
__rendered_path__132
To listen to voice mails:
1. When the touch screen prompts that the phone receives a new voice mail, you can press
Image_2050_0
or tap Connect to dial out the voice mail access code.
2. Follow the voice prompt to listen to your voice mails.
Image_2060_0
You can tap the icon when the phone is idle to open the dialog box, and then tap Connect.
Image_2058_0
Note
Before listening to voice mails, ensure that the voice mail access code has been configured.
__rendered_path__140Image_2054_0
245

Page 256
User Guide for the SIP
Message Waiting Indicator (MWI)
__rendered_path__5
Note
246
-T48S IP Phone
To view the voice mail via phone user interface:
Image_856_0
1. Tap ->Message->Voice Mail ->View Voice Mail.
The touch screen displays the amount of new and old voice mails.
Image_2065_0
__rendered_path__149
You can tap the account to listen to voice mails.
The SIP-T48S IP phone supports MWI when receiving a new voice message. If someone leaves
you a voice mail, you will receive a message waiting indicator. MWI will be indicated in three
ways: a warning tone, an indicator message (including a voice mail icon) on the touch screen,
and the power indicator LED slowly flashes red. This will be cleared when you retrieve all voice
mails or delete them.
The MWI service is unsolicited for some servers, so the SIP-T48S IP phone only handles the MWI
messages sent from the server. But for other servers, the MWI service is solicited, so the
SIP-T48S IP phone must enable subscription for MWI.
MWI service is not available on all servers. Contact your system administrator for more
Image_1361_0
information.
__rendered_path__150
The MWI subscription parameters you need to know:
__rendered_path__105
Options
Description
__rendered_path__98__rendered_path__105
Subscribe for MWI
Enable or disable a subscription for MWI service.
__rendered_path__98__rendered_path__106
MWI Subscription Period
Period of MWI subscription.
SUBSCRIBE request before initial subscription expires.
The
IP
phone
sends a refresh
__rendered_path__99__rendered_path__105
Subscribe MWI To Voice
Enable or disable a subscription to the voice mail number
__rendered_path__98__rendered_path__107
Mail
for MWI service.
__rendered_path__98__rendered_path__102__rendered_path__105__rendered_path__105__rendered_path__108__rendered_path__108__rendered_path__108__rendered_path__105__rendered_path__106__rendered_path__105__rendered_path__107__rendered_path__105__rendered_path__108__rendered_path__108__rendered_path__108__rendered_path__105__rendered_path__106__rendered_path__105__rendered_path__107__rendered_path__105__rendered_path__128__rendered_path__128__rendered_path__128__rendered_path__105__rendered_path__106__rendered_path__105__rendered_path__107__rendered_path__105__rendered_path__147__rendered_path__105__rendered_path__105__rendered_path__106__rendered_path__147__rendered_path__105__rendered_path__107__rendered_path__147__rendered_path__105__rendered_path__105
To use this feature, you should also configure the voice

Page 257
Advanced Phone Features
247
__rendered_path__3
Options
Description
__rendered_path__6__rendered_path__13
mail number.
__rendered_path__6__rendered_path__13
Note
The phone will send SUBSCRIBE messages for MWI service to the account or the voice number
__rendered_path__7__rendered_path__14
MWI service depending on the server. Contact your system administrator for more information.
__rendered_path__6__rendered_path__13
To configure subscribe for MWI via web user interface:
__rendered_path__6__rendered_path__15
1. Click on Account->Advanced.
__rendered_path__10__rendered_path__13
2. Select the desired account from the pull-down list of Account.
__rendered_path__13
3. Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Subscribe for MWI.
__rendered_path__16
4. Enter the period time in the MWI Subscription Period(Seconds) field.
__rendered_path__16
5. Click Confirm to accept the change.
__rendered_path__16
The IP phone will subscribe to the account number for MWI service by default.
__rendered_path__13
To enable subscribe MWI to voice mail via web user interface:
__rendered_path__14
1. Click on Account->Advanced.
__rendered_path__13
2. Select the desired account from the pull-down list of Account.
__rendered_path__15
3. Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Subscribe for MWI.
__rendered_path__13
4. Select Enabled from the pull-down list of Subscribe MWI To Voice Mail.
__rendered_path__19
Image_2067_0__rendered_path__132Image_2068_0
__rendered_path__13__rendered_path__13__rendered_path__14__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__13__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__13__rendered_path__13__rendered_path__131

Page 258
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
5. Enter the desired voice mail number in the Voice Mail field.
Image_2071_0
__rendered_path__38
6. Click Confirm to accept the change.
The IP phone will subscribe to the voice mail number for MWI service using Subscribe MWI To
Voice Mail.
Note
MWI subscription is configurable via web user interface only.
__rendered_path__39Image_1021_0
248

Page 259
Appendix
Time Zones
__rendered_path__3
Appendix A
Time Zone
__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__23
-11
__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__23
-10
__rendered_path__26
-9:30
__rendered_path__23
-9
__rendered_path__32
-8
__rendered_path__23
-7
__rendered_path__32
-6
__rendered_path__23
-5
__rendered_path__32
-4:30
__rendered_path__23
-4
__rendered_path__32
-3:30
__rendered_path__23
-3
__rendered_path__74
-2:30
__rendered_path__23
-2
__rendered_path__74
-1
__rendered_path__23
0
__rendered_path__74
+1
__rendered_path__23
+2
__rendered_path__74
+3
__rendered_path__23
+3:30
__rendered_path__32
+4
__rendered_path__23
+4:30
__rendered_path__161
+5
__rendered_path__23
+5:30
__rendered_path__26
+5:45
__rendered_path__23
+6
__rendered_path__74
+6:30
__rendered_path__23
+7
__rendered_path__32
+8
__rendered_path__23
+8:45
__rendered_path__32
+9
Appendix
__rendered_path__358
Time Zone Name
__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__24
Samoa
__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__23
United States-Hawaii-Aleutian, United States-Alaska-Aleutian
__rendered_path__15__rendered_path__25
French Polynesia
__rendered_path__20__rendered_path__23
United States-Alaska Time
__rendered_path__23
Canada(Vancouver,Whitehorse), Mexico(Tijuana,Mexicali), United
__rendered_path__26
States-Pacific Time
__rendered_path__26
Canada(Edmonton,Calgary), Mexico(Mazatlan,Chihuahua), United
__rendered_path__24
States-MST no DST, United States-Mountain Time
__rendered_path__23
Canada-Manitoba(Winnipeg), Chile(Easter Islands), Mexico(Mexico
__rendered_path__25
City,Acapulco), United States-Central Time
__rendered_path__23
Bahamas(Nassau), Canada(Montreal,Ottawa,Quebec), Cuba(Havana),
__rendered_path__32
United States-Eastern Time
__rendered_path__32
Venezuela(Caracas)
__rendered_path__24
Canada(Halifax,Saint John), Chile(Santiago), Paraguay(Asuncion),
__rendered_path__23
United Kingdom-Bermuda(Bermuda), United Kingdom(Falkland
__rendered_path__25
Islands), Trinidad&Tobago
__rendered_path__23
Canada-New Foundland(St.Johns)
__rendered_path__32
Argentina(Buenos Aires), Brazil(DST), Brazil(no DST),
__rendered_path__32
Denmark-Greenland(Nuuk)
__rendered_path__24
Newfoundland and Labrador
__rendered_path__23
Brazil(no DST)
__rendered_path__25
Portugal(Azores)
__rendered_path__23
Denmark-Faroe Islands(Torshavn), GMT, Greenland, Ireland(Dublin),
__rendered_path__32
Morocco, Portugal(Lisboa,Porto,Funchal), Spain-Canary Islands(Las
__rendered_path__32
Palmas), United Kingdom(London)
__rendered_path__24
Albania(Tirane), Austria(Vienna), Belgium(Brussels),
__rendered_path__23
Caicos, Chad, Croatia(Zagreb), Czech Republic(Prague),
__rendered_path__25
Denmark(Kopenhagen), France(Paris), Germany(Berlin),
__rendered_path__23
Hungary(Budapest), Italy(Rome), Luxembourg(Luxembourg),
__rendered_path__32
Macedonia(Skopje), Namibia(Windhoek), Netherlands(Amsterdam),
__rendered_path__32
Spain(Madrid)
__rendered_path__24
Estonia(Tallinn), Finland(Helsinki), Gaza Strip(Gaza), Greece(Athens),
__rendered_path__23
Israel(Tel Aviv), Jordan(Amman), Latvia(Riga), Lebanon(Beirut),
__rendered_path__25
Moldova(Kishinev), Romania(Bucharest), Russia(Kaliningrad),
__rendered_path__23
Syria(Damascus), Turkey(Ankara), Ukraine(Kyiv, Odessa)
__rendered_path__74
East Africa Time, Iraq(Baghdad), Russia(Moscow)
__rendered_path__74
Iran(Teheran)
__rendered_path__24
Armenia(Yerevan), Azerbaijan(Baku), Georgia(Tbilisi),
__rendered_path__23
Kazakhstan(Aktau), Russia(Samara)
__rendered_path__25
Afghanistan(Kabul)
__rendered_path__23
Kazakhstan(Aqtobe), Kyrgyzstan(Bishkek), Pakistan(Islamabad),
__rendered_path__74
Russia(Chelyabinsk)
__rendered_path__74
India(Calcutta)
__rendered_path__24
Nepal(Katmandu)
__rendered_path__23
Kazakhstan(Astana, Almaty), Russia(Novosibirsk,Omsk)
__rendered_path__25
Myanmar(Naypyitaw)
__rendered_path__23
Russia(Krasnoyarsk), Thailand(Bangkok)
__rendered_path__74
Australia(Perth), China(Beijing), Russia(Irkutsk, Ulan-Ude),
__rendered_path__74
Singapore(Singapore)
__rendered_path__24
Eucla
__rendered_path__23
Japan(Tokyo), Korea(Seoul), Russia(Yakutsk,Chita)
__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__74__rendered_path__74__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__161__rendered_path__161__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__74__rendered_path__74__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__161__rendered_path__161__rendered_path__161__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__223__rendered_path__223__rendered_path__223__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__232__rendered_path__232__rendered_path__232__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__74__rendered_path__74__rendered_path__74__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__74__rendered_path__74__rendered_path__74__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__26__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__74__rendered_path__74__rendered_path__74__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__24__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__25__rendered_path__32__rendered_path__23__rendered_path__23
249

Page 260
User Guide for the SIP
T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
250
-
Time Zone
__rendered_path__8__rendered_path__16
+9:30
__rendered_path__9__rendered_path__16
+10
__rendered_path__17
+10:30
__rendered_path__19
+11
__rendered_path__16
+11:30
__rendered_path__17
+12
__rendered_path__29
+12:45
__rendered_path__16
+13
__rendered_path__17
+13:30
__rendered_path__42
+14
__rendered_path__16
Time Zone Name
__rendered_path__8__rendered_path__16
Australia(Adelaide), Australia(Darwin)
__rendered_path__8__rendered_path__18
Australia(Brisbane), Australia(Hobart),
__rendered_path__8__rendered_path__16
Australia(Sydney,Melboume,Canberra), Russia(Vladivostok)
__rendered_path__13__rendered_path__16
Australia(Lord Howe Islands)
__rendered_path__19
New Caledonia(Noumea), Russia(Srednekolymsk Time)
__rendered_path__19
Norfolk Island
__rendered_path__16
New Zealand(Wellington,Auckland), Russia(Kamchatka Time)
__rendered_path__18
New Zealand(Chatham Islands)
__rendered_path__16
Tonga(Nukualofa)
__rendered_path__29
Chatham Islands
__rendered_path__29
Kiribati
__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__42__rendered_path__42__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__19__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__17__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__18__rendered_path__29__rendered_path__16__rendered_path__16

Page 261
__rendered_path__3
Appendix B Menu Structure
Image_2075_0
Appendix
251

Page 262
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
252

Page 263
__rendered_path__3
Index
A
About This Guide v
Accessing the Remote Phone Book 93
Account Management 122
Account Registration 122
Activating the Bluetooth Mode 103
Activating the Wi-Fi Mode 27
Adding a Contact to the Local
Directory/Blacklist 95
Adding Contacts 74
Adding Groups 71
Administrator Password 59
Advanced Phone Features 185
Anonymous Call 182
Anonymous Call Rejection 183
Answering Calls 138
Appendix 249
Appendix A Time Zones 249
Appendix B Menu Structure 251
Area Code 129
Attended Transfer 167
Audio Settings 63
Auto Answer 140
Auto Redial 143
Automatic Call Distribution (ACD) 218
B
Backlight 45
Barging In an Active Call 232
Basic Call Features 135
Basic Network Settings 24
Blacklist 88
BLF List 188
Blind Transfer 165
Block Out 130
Bluetooth 102
Bridged Line Appearance (BLA) 235
Busy Lamp Field (BLF) 185
Index
__rendered_path__332
C
Call Completion 144
Call Forward 155
Call History Management 94
Call Hold/Resume 149
Call Mute 147
Call Park/Retrieve 171
Call Pull 234
Call Pickup 178
Call Recording 194
Call Transfer 165
Call Waiting 167
CE Mark Warning ii
Conference 168
Configuring a BLF Key 185
Configuring a Record Key 203
Configuring a URL Record Key 203
Configuring an Access URL 92
Configuring an Intercom Key 207
Configuring BLA Feature on the IP Phone 236
Configuring Directed Call Pickup Code 188
Configuring SCA Feature on the IP Phone
222
Configuring the BLF Feature on the IP Phone
185
Configuring the Idle Timeout 52
Configuring the Intercom Feature on the IP
Phone 207
Configuring the Office Hour 51
Configuring the Screen Saver 49
Configuring Transfer Mode on DSS Key 190
Configuring Visual and Audio Alert for BLF
pickup 186
Connecting to the Wired Network 22
Connecting to the Wireless Network 27
Contact Management 67
Contrast 54
Customizing Your Phone 43
253

Page 264
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
D
Deactivating the Bluetooth Mode 110
Deactivating the Wi-Fi Mode 34
Default Account 123
Deactivating the Wireless Network Connection
33
Declaration of Conformity ii
Deleting Contacts 79
Deleting Groups 79
Deleting History Records 96
Deleting the Paired Bluetooth Headset 109
Deleting the Recorded File 201
Dial Now 127
Dial Plan 125
Directed Call Pickup 178
Directory 68
Disabling History Record 97
Disconnecting the Bluetooth Headset 109
Disconnecting the Wireless Network
Connection 32
Do Not Disturb (DND) 150
Documentation 13
Dual Headset 101
DSS Keys 110
Dsskey Wallpaper 45
Dual Headset 101
Dynamic Forwarding 164
E
Editing Contacts 78
Editing Device Information 108
Editing Groups 78
Emergency Number 131
Enabling the Power Saving 51
Ending Calls 140
Entering Data and Editing Fields 38
Ext Keys 122
F
FAC Mode 173
Feature Status Icons 3
254
G
General Settings 43
Getting Started 15
Group Call Pickup 180
H
Hardware Component Instructions 1
Headset Mode Activation/Deactivation 100
Headset Prior 100
Headset Use 100
Hot Desking 205
Hotline 132
I
Icon Instructions 3
Importing/Exporting Contact Lists 85
In This Guide v
Incoming Intercom Calls 208
Index 253
Intercom 207
I
Intercom 207
K
Key As Send 59
Key Tone 67
L
Language 55
Label Length 111
LED Instructions 9
Line Key Icons 4
Line Keys 111
Line Key Features 113
Live Dialpad 132
Local Conference 168
Local Directory 70

Page 265
__rendered_path__3
M
Managing the Saved Wireless Network 32
Manually Add a Wireless Network 30
Manually Connect to an Available Wireless
Network 28
Message Waiting Indicator (MWI) 246
Messages 240
Mobile Contacts 90
Multicast Paging 210
Multiple Line Keys per Account 125
Music on Hold (MOH) 217
Mute a Call 148
Mute While Dialing 149
N
Navigating Menus and Fields 38
Network Conference 170
Network Connection 21
O
Optional Accessories 16
Other Icons 8
Overview 1
P
Packaging Contents 15
Pairing and Connecting the Bluetooth Headset
104
Phone Initialization 21
Phone Installation 18
Phone Lock 60
Phone Status 23
Phone User Interface 10
Picking up an Incoming Call of the Monitored
User 191
Picking up an Incoming Call of the Target
Extension 210
Placing a Call from History Records 94
Placing a Call to the Monitored User 190
Placing an Intercom Call to the Target Extension
210
Placing Calls 136
Index
Placing Calls to Contacts 83
Playing Back Recorded Calls 199
Power Saving 50
Programable Keys 120
R
ReCall 146
Receiving RTP Stream 214
Recent Call In Dialing 141
Recording a Call 204
Recording Using a Record Key 202
Recording Using USB Flash Drive 195
Redialing Numbers 141
Registration 26
Remote Phone Book 92
Replace Rule 126
Ring Tones 65
S
Screen Saver 47
Search Source List in Dialing 98
Searching for Contacts 84
Semi-attended Transfer 166
Sending RTP Stream 211
Shared Call Appearance (SCA) 221
Short Message Service (SMS) 240
Static Forwarding 155
System Customizations 98
T
Table of Contents vii
Time & Date 56
Touch Screen Display 35
Transfer Mode 176
Transferring a Call to the Monitored User 191
Transparency 46
U
Uploading Contact Photos 48
User Interfaces 10
Using BLA Features on the IP Phone 239
User Interfaces 10
255

Page 266
User Guide for the SIP-T48S IP Phone
__rendered_path__5
Using BLA Feature on the IP Phone 239
Using BLF Feature on the IP Phone 228
Using Intercom 209
Using Multicast Paging 216
Using SCA Features on the IP Phone 228
V
Viewing History Records 94
Viewing the Bluetooth Headset Information
108
Viewing the Storage Space 201
Viewing the Wireless Network Information
31
Voice Mail 244
Volume 63
W
Warranty ii
Wallpaper 43
Wallpaper on the Idle Screen 44
Wallpaper with Dsskey Unfold 45
Web User Interface 10
Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) 29
Wireless Network Settings 26
256